Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Property & Casualty / Loblaw Companies

Loblaw Companies

l · TSX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker l
Exchange TSX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Property & Casualty
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Loblaw Companies
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
l

O

B

l

a

w

C

O

m

P

a

n

i

E

S

l

i

m

i

t

E

D

|

2

0

1

2

a

n

n

u

a

l

r

E

P

O

r

t

2012 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
Loblaw’s mission is to be Canada’s best food, 

health and home retailer by exceeding customer 

expectations through innovative products at  

great prices.

taBlE OF COntEntS

  2 

  4 

Financial Highlights

Letter to Shareholders

  6 

Review of Operations

 14 

Corporate Social Responsibility

 16 

Corporate Governance Practices

 18 

Board of Directors

 19 

Leadership

 20 

 Shareholder and Corporate 

Information

Live Life Well

As Canada’s largest retailer, we take pride and ownership 

in helping Canadians each and every day.

Offering Customers the Best in Food 

Loblaw is changing the way that Canadians experience food. We’re sourcing the very best 
quality food – working with suppliers close to home and travelling the world to provide our 
customers with outstanding tastes and fresh food experiences, all available at great value.

We’re also expanding variety and selection in every department to ensure we offer more 
choice and convenience, along with competitive prices and services that keep our customers 
coming back for more.

Working Efficiently for Our Customers

The efficiency of our operations and supply chain is the foundation for delivering the right 
products, on time and at the right prices, in every Loblaw banner store.

Investments in systems and infrastructure will help us be more efficient and cost-effective in 
giving customers the products and services they want. Efficiency also frees up our colleagues 
to spend more time providing the service our customers deserve.

Innovations to Grow with Our Customers

We are building new capabilities and new ways of meeting the ever-changing needs of 
Canadian consumers.

From innovations in customer loyalty programs to expanded health-care services available 
right in our stores, Loblaw is responding to emerging trends and customer feedback to better 
reach Canadians where, when and how they want to shop.

With over 14 million 

shoppers each week, 

Loblaw is uniquely 

positioned to deliver 

on our purpose – 

Live Life Well – and 

to provide Canadians 

with products, services 

and experiences to 

enrich their lives. Every 

day, we connect with 

Canadians from coast 

to coast through our 

retail stores, our supplier 

relationships, our investor 

services, and our contact 

with Loblaw colleagues 

as one of Canada’s 

largest employers.

MD

No artificial flavour  
or colouring

Responding to 
consumer trends toward 
heathier eating.

Protein rich and fat -free

There are 18 grams of protein 
in every 176 gram serving of 
PC 0% MF Plain Greek Yogurt.

MD

Financial Highlights(1)

Same-store sales 
(decline) growth (%)

Operating income 

($ millions)

Basic net earnings per 
share and dividend rate 
per common share ($)

2010

2011

2012

2010

2011

2012

2010

2011

2012

1,384

1,347

1,196

2.73

2.43

2.31

0.9

(0.2)

(0.6)

0.84
Dividend rate
per common share

0.85
Dividend rate
per common share

Forward-LooKinG statements

This Annual Report for Loblaw Companies Limited contains forward-looking 
statements about the Company’s objectives, plans, goals, aspirations, 
strategies, prospects and opportunities. Forward-looking statements are 
typically identified by words such as “expect”, “anticipate”, “believe”, 
“foresee”, “could”, “estimate”, “goal”, “intend”, “plan”, “seek”, “strive”, 
“will”, “may” and “should” and similar expressions, as they relate to the 
Company and its management. Forward-looking statements reflect the 
Company’s current estimates, beliefs and assumptions, which are based 
on management’s perception of historical trends, current conditions and 
expected future developments, as well as other factors it believes are 
appropriate in the circumstances. The Company’s estimates, beliefs and 
assumptions are inherently subject to significant business, economic, 
competitive and other uncertainties and contingencies regarding future events 
and as such, are subject to change. The Company can give no assurance 
that such estimates, beliefs and assumptions will prove to be correct. 

Numerous risks and uncertainties could cause the Company’s actual results 
to differ materially from the estimates, beliefs and assumptions expressed or 
implied in the forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to: those 
discussed in the forward-looking statements disclaimer found on pages 2 to 3 
of the 2012 Annual Report – Financial Review, and the Enterprise Risks and 
Risk Management section of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis on 
pages 23 to 31 of the 2012 Annual Report – Financial Review. Other risks and 
uncertainties not presently known to the Company or that the Company 
presently believes are not material could also cause actual results or events 
to differ materially from those expressed in its forward-looking statements. 
Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking 
statements, which reflect the Company’s expectations only as of the date 
of this Annual Report. Except as required by law, the Company does not 
undertake to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether 
as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

pG 2    

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report

As at or for the periods ended December 29, 2012, December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 (unaudited) 
($ millions, except where otherwise indicated) 

2010(2) 

(52 weeks) 

2011 
(52 weeks) 

2012
(52 weeks)

CONSOLIDATED RESuLTS OF OpERATIONS  
Revenue 
Operating income 
EBITDA(3) 
Net interest expense and other financing charges 
Net earnings  

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL pOSITION AND CASh FLOW 
Adjusted debt(3) 
Free cash flow(3) 
Cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and security deposits 
Cash flows from operating activities 
Capital investment(1) 

CONSOLIDATED pER COMMON ShARE ($) 
Basic net earnings 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL MEASuRES AND RATIOS 
Revenue growth 
Operating margin(1) 
EBITDA margin(3) 
Adjusted debt(3) to EBITDA(3) 
Interest coverage(3) 
Return on average net assets(1) 
Return on average shareholders’ equity(1) 

RETAIL RESuLTS OF OpERATIONS  
Sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 

RETAIL OpERATING STATISTICS 
Same-store sales(1) (decline) growth  
Gross profit percentage 
Operating margin(1) 
Retail square footage(1) (in millions) 
Number of corporate stores 
Number of franchise stores 

FINANCIAL SERvICES RESuLTS OF OpERATIONS 
Revenue 
Operating income 
Earnings before income taxes 

FINANCIAL SERvICES OpERATING MEASuRES AND STATISTICS 
Average quarterly net credit card receivables 
Credit card receivables 
Allowance for credit card receivables 
Annualized yield on average quarterly gross credit card receivables(1) 
Annualized credit loss rate on average quarterly gross credit card receivables(1) 

$  30,836 
1,347 
1,975 
353 
675 

$  31,250 
1,384 
2,083 
327 
769 

$  31,604
1,196
1,973
331
650

4,669 
741 
1,965 
2,029 
1,190 

4,341 
931 
1,986 
1,814 
987 

4,360
824
2,047
1,637
1,017

2.43 

2.73 

2.31

0.3%(4) 
4.4% 
6.4% 
2.4x 
3.8x 
12.0% 
12.6% 

30,315 
6,787 
1,239 

(0.6%) 
22.4% 
4.1% 
50.7 
576 
451 

521 
108 
66 

1,941 
1,997 
34 
13.2% 
5.6% 

1.3% 
4.4% 
6.7% 
2.1x 
4.2x 
12.0% 
13.2% 

30,703 
6,820 
1,312 

0.9% 
22.2% 
4.3% 
51.2 
584 
462 

547 
72 
24 

1,974 
2,101 
37 
12.5% 
4.2% 

1.1%
3.8%
6.2%
2.2x
3.6x
10.0%
10.5%

30,960
6,819
1,101

(0.2%)
22.0%
3.6%
51.5
580
473

644
95
50

2,105
2,305
43
12.8%
4.3%

(1)   For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103 of the 2012 Annual Report – Financial Review.
(2)   2010 comparative figures previously reported in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (CGAAp) have been restated to conform with 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS or GAAp).

(3)  See Non-GAAp Financial Measures on page 37 of the 2012 Annual Report – Financial Review.
(4)  As compared to 2009 figures reported in accordance with CGAAp.

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report 

pG 3     

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Letter to Shareholders

Loblaw’s mission is to be Canada’s best food, health and home 

retailer by exceeding customer expectations through innovative 

products at great prices. That mission is brought to life through a 

simple and powerful consumer purpose – Live Life Well.

Shareholders:

Our Company has a strong foundation from which we 
continue to build: national scale; exceptional real estate; 
pre-eminent brands; leadership in fresh food; and powerful 
complementary products and services including apparel,  
in-store pharmacies and PC Financial services. With these 

compelling competitive advantages and the incremental 
efficiencies we expect to be gained from our information 
technology (IT) and supply chain initiatives, we are confident 
in Loblaw’s ability to remain an industry leader in an 
increasingly competitive Canadian retail landscape.

2012 Was a pivotal Year for Our Company

In the last Annual Report we outlined our strategy to strengthen our customer proposition through improved competitiveness, 
better service and more compelling assortment; to complete our infrastructure upgrades and drive appropriate efficiencies; and 
to invest in growth areas that support long-term profitability. In 2012, we made significant progress against these priorities 
and delivered financial performance in line with our expectations.

STRATEGIC pILLAR 

customer-centric  

best in Food 

relentless efficiency 

Growth  

colleagues 

2012 hIGhLIGhT

 Improved Net promoter Score (NpS), our primary measure of 
customer satisfaction, by 300 basis points

 Delivered sustained tonnage share growth in two key markets 
and improving trends in the rest 

 Launched the first store and distribution centre on SAp, and 
reduced 700 office and administrative positions

 Expanded PC Financial customer base with more than 
one million new applications acquired

 Named among the Top 100 Employers, Top Employers for 
Young people, Best Employers for New Canadians and Best 
Diversity Employers

Our revenues grew 1.1%, while investments in our business 
and the ongoing IT systems implementation were a drag 
on our basic earnings per share, which decreased about 
15% to $2.31 per share. We continue to benefit from a strong 
balance sheet, with net assets of $12.2 billion and adjusted 
debt of $4.4 billion. Lying beneath top-line numbers are 

some important trends and accomplishments that position 
us well in the future. In fact, through the year we have 
seen material, sustained positive trends in key areas of our 
business, which have accelerated during the last quarter of  
2012 and through the first seven weeks of 2013.

pG 4    

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report

This year, we began to see our retail strategy take hold, our 
confidence in the underlying fundamentals of the core business 
grew, and we took steps intended to unlock value for our 
shareholders. This included the 4.8% increase in our quarterly 
dividend payout, as well as the announcement of our intent to 
create one of Canada’s largest real estate investment trusts 
(REIT). Moving forward, as our core business strengthens we 
expect to continue this emphasis on long-term value creation. 

In 2013, we will focus on rolling out our new IT system 
to distribution centres and stores, accelerating the 
improvements in our customer proposition, and effectively 
managing our expenses and operating costs. 

Live Life Well

As the country’s largest food retailer, we sell more fresh food 
than anyone else. We offer Canadians a market-leading 
selection of healthy food and we are home to one of the 
largest pharmacy businesses in the country. We reach 
across Canada’s immense geography, as well as its social 
and economic diversity. With our ability to connect with so 
many Canadians through our stores, we take pride in helping 
people through our Live Life Well purpose every day.

Our Live Life Well purpose means many things. It is access 
to nutritious and delicious food through the largest produce 
departments in the country and through brands like PC Blue 
Menu; it also means more time spent with family and friends 
because full-service ATM banking is available in the same store 
as the weekly grocery shop; it is enjoying something truly 
indulgent with a PC black label gourmet product, or trying 
something new at T&T Supermarkets; and it’s extra money in 
someone’s pocket because nofrills stores’ Won’t be Beat price 
match program offers low prices; and it is feeling great about the 
way you look when you buy fashion or beauty from the Joe Fresh 
brand at incredible value. This combination of assets is unique in 
Canada and perfectly suited to the demographic trends 
and consumer tastes of the next decade.

Thinking about what we do and how we do it through the 
lens of our Live Life Well purpose will keep us firmly focused 
on our customers and giving them something they can’t get 
anywhere else. Success will deliver the financial results that 
create sustained shareholder value over the long term.

GaLen G. WeSton

Executive Chairman

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report 

pG 5     

 
Gluten-free and delicious 

customers with dietary restrictions 
can enjoy President’s Choice products 
certified gluten-free by the canadian  
celiac association.   

as part of our preferred 
language program, 
annamaria proudly has 
“italiano” on her name 
badge. customers who 
prefer to speak italian know 
that she can help them when 
they shop in our store. 

annamaria SaLvaGio 

Loblaws Richmond hill 

Richmond hill, Ontario

From the fish counter to the deli, the bakery to the 
produce aisles, we offer nutritious and delicious foods 
that help our customers create exceptional meals at 
affordable prices and bring them into our stores again 
and again. Our goal is to be the shopping destination of 
choice for our customers with more selection across a 
variety of food and complementary categories, better 
service and value, and deeper product knowledge than 
any competitor. 

Loblaw’s conventional stores delivered exceptional 
shopping experiences in 2012, led by fresh food, new 

taste experiences, and more variety in every department. 
New layouts and displays showcase our expanded 
selection of fruits and vegetables with spotlights on locally 
grown produce, as well as exciting tropical and exotic 
flavours that offer new and fresh eating experiences. 
We also invested resources to ensure our conventional 
stores offered competitive pricing each week, and we 
added more training for colleagues through our innovative 
Learning Academy to expand their knowledge of the 
products and services we offer.

pG 6   
pG 6    

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report
LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report

 
Showing the benefits  
of Blue Menu
over 400 PC Blue Menu products 
were repackaged to make the 
nutritional information easier for 
customers to understand.

Over 250 different products 

our PC black label line helps customers 
indulge their inner foodie.

with over 40 years of 
service, France knows that 
by offering a wide variety 
of fresh products at the 
lowest price her store helps 
the local community make 
healthier choices.

France Zimmermann 

Maxi & Cie Jean Talon 

Montreal, Quebec

We believe that leading with fresh at the lowest prices is the 
key to winning with our customers in our discount stores. For 
this reason, our teams scour the globe for the best-tasting, 
quality products, building on the right assortment to meet 
Canadians’ tastes and lifestyle needs. 

In 2012, discount customers enjoyed some of the most 
exceptional taste experiences. From poultry to produce, 
22 President’s Choice and national brand items were 
promoted under the “Our Taste Favourite” program. 
Items featured undergo a rigorous selection process 
by our in-house Taste Council, and only the very best 
make the cut. Throughout the year, we also presented 

12 national fresh food programs to showcase the 
best of fresh in a number of categories like citrus and 
seafood. The programs spanned multiple departments, 
from a freshly picked lemon in produce to the bakery 
department’s lemon pie to a household helper like the 
perfect lemon zester! 

Our price match program offering low prices is equally 
important to our success. In order to deliver on this 
promise, the discount team is focused on optimizing 
our cost of operations and passing on these savings 
directly to the customer. 

pG 8   

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report

Essentials our 
customers need
From pillows to the oh-so-perfect 
shade of lipstick – all in one place.

Introducing new items 
like dragon fruit

one way we’re helping customers 
discover new and exciting products 
from around the world.

 
A fresh-baked idea

enjoy the sights – and the delicious aroma – 
at the new T&T  open concept bakery. 

mary enjoys helping 
customers select the best 
beauty and personal care 
products from the familiar 
asian brands now available 
in canada as part of the 
T&T  Be Beauty line.

mary Lai   

T&T Supermarket unionville 

Markham, Ontario

Canada’s rich cultural diversity presents a wealth of 
opportunities for retailers. Loblaw has a strong 
foundation of merchandising and sourcing expertise 
and capability to serve Canadians’ expanding tastes and 
growing demand for international flavours and foods. 
In 2012, a collection of international control brand 
products was successfully piloted in select conventional 
and discount stores. under the trusted T&T brand, these 
new products gave customers greater choice of high-
quality Asian fusion foods that add variety and diversity 
to mealtime. We will continue to expand the selection 
and availability of T&T branded products in our 
mainstream banners.

We’ve also responded to the growing demand for 
international food offerings by expanding our assortment 
with hundreds of new Asian products now available in our 
Wholesale Club stores. This channel provides competitive 
prices for restaurant and independent convenience store 
customers who serve the consumers’ growing demand 
for global taste and international ingredients in their local 
markets. Our knowledge and expertise in international 
foods, coupled with Loblaw’s insights into the changing 
trends and demographics of Canada, positions us well 
to further capitalize on future growth potential in 
international foods and distribution channels.

pG 10    

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report

From pineapple cakes 
to shrimp dumplings
T&T control brand products 
are bringing the tastes of asia 
to canada.

Day-to-day banking 

making financial solutions 
convenient for our customers.

danny likes the variety of 
options at our full-service 
The Mobile Shop kiosk 
because he can help 
customers find the mobile 
solution that’s right for them.  

Danny Lam   

Loblaws Richmond hill 

Richmond hill, Ontario

helping Canadians simplify their lives and have more 
time for the things that matter most means providing the 
services they need at great value in convenient locations. 
What could be more convenient than having access to 
full-service ATM banking and mobile phone services in 
the same place you do your weekly grocery shop? 

We provide customers with a convenient financial 
services experience from a name they trust. It’s a simple 
and straightforward service that offers value including 
loyalty rewards, low fees and no-hassle tools for banking 
in person, online or over the telephone. Over the past two 
years, we’ve invested in programs to raise awareness 

of PC Financial MasterCard® benefits and experienced 
double-digit growth in our subscriber base, growth that 
has been profitable and well ahead of the industry. 

With the rapid growth in mobile phone use, Loblaw is well 
positioned to seize opportunities in the wireless space 
through our PC telecom division and the growing number 
of self-serve and full-service kiosks located inside Loblaw 
banner stores. Technology will be a key factor in the way 
Canadians experience grocery shopping in the future, and 
Loblaw is ready to leverage technology and add another 
channel for connecting with our customers.

pG 12    

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report

Over 160 The Mobile Shop 
kiosks across Canada

our kiosks offer customers a full 
range of carriers in one location.

More than 3,800 
banking machines 
across Canada 

Helping PC Financial 
customers do their banking 
at their convenience.

 
Live Life Well

As the country’s largest food retailer, Loblaw has a unique 

opportunity to help Canadians through the products and 

services we offer and the strong commitment we make 

to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR).

The way we do business is founded in our five CSR 
principles: Respect the Environment; Source with 
Integrity; Make a positive Difference in Our Community; 
Reflect Our Nation’s Diversity; and Be a Great place to 
Work. We made good progress on our commitments 
again this past year.  

As of 2012, we have reduced the number of plastic 
shopping bags from our stores by more than five billion. 
We also generated significant electricity and fuel savings 
last year by converting standard lighting in our stores and 
distribution centres to new fluorescent technology and 
through various fuel efficiency initiatives throughout 
our truck fleet.

To help Canadians make healthier food and lifestyle 
choices, we continue to reduce sodium levels in 
control brand products, and we are in the process of 

removing artificial flavours and artificial colours from all 
President’s Choice products. The Guiding Stars program 
was introduced in Loblaws banner stores in Ontario and 
22 dietitians are available in 50 stores in the province to 
provide health education to consumers.  

In keeping with our Canadian First approach, 30% of the 
produce sold in our stores year-round was sourced from 
Canadian growers. We also achieved our goal to source 
100% fresh pork from Canada (excluding hard discount 
stores and sale items). 

We took a stand on seafood in 2009, committing to 
source 100% of our seafood from sustainable sources 
by 2013. Today, we offer 108 Marine Stewardship Council 
(MSC)-certified wild-caught seafood products in our 
stores, more than any other Canadian food retailer. 

To learn more, please see our CSR Report at loblaw.ca/csr.

Reducing electricity 

to date, we have converted 
more than 72,000 light fixtures 
in our corporate stores 
to fluorescent technology 
resulting in energy savings 
sufficient to power 9,923 
homes for a year.

pG 14    

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report

 
Local sourcing 

we are committed to offering 
customers more fresh choices 
from local growers.

Granted more than 
$14 million in 2012 

President’s Choice children’s charity 
supports children with special needs 
and nutrition programs that aim to fight 
childhood hunger across canada.

Proud to be a 
Top Employer

in 2012, Loblaw was named 
among the top 100 employers, 
top employers for Young 
people, best employers  
for new canadians and  
best diversity employers.

corporate Governance practices

The Board of Directors and senior executives of Loblaw Companies 

Limited are committed to sound corporate governance practices and 

believe they contribute to the effective management of the Company and 

its achievement of strategic and operational objectives.

The Governance Committee regularly reviews the Company’s 
corporate governance practices and considers any changes 
necessary to maintain the Company’s high standards of 
corporate governance in a rapidly changing environment. The 
Company’s website, loblaw.ca, sets out additional governance 
information, including the Company’s Code of Conduct (the 
“Code”), its Disclosure policy and the Mandates of the Board 
of Directors (the “Board”) and its committees.

Director Independence

The Canadian Securities Administrators’ Corporate 
Governance Guidelines provide that a director is independent 
if he or she has no material relationship with the Company or 
its affiliates that could reasonably be expected to interfere 
with the exercise of the director’s independent judgment.

Two-thirds of the directors on the Board are independent. The 
independent directors meet separately following each Board 
meeting and on other occasions as required or desirable.

Information relating to each of the directors, including 
their independence, committee membership, other public 
company boards on which they serve, as well as their 
attendance record for all Board and committee meetings, 
can be found in the Company’s Management proxy Circular. 

Board Leadership

Galen G. Weston is the Executive Chairman of the Board. 
The Executive Chairman directs the operations of the Board. 
he chairs each meeting of the Board, is responsible for the 
management and effective functioning of the Board generally 
and provides leadership to the Board in all matters. These 
and other key responsibilities of the Executive Chairman are 
set out in a position description established by the Board.

The Board has also appointed an independent director, 
Anthony S. Fell, to serve as lead director. The lead 
director provides leadership to the Board and particularly 
to the independent directors. he ensures that the Board 
operates independently of management and that directors 
have an independent leadership contact.

Board Responsibilities and Duties

The Board, directly and through its committees, supervises 
the management of the business and affairs of the Company. 
A copy of the Board’s mandate can be found at loblaw.ca. 
The Board reviews the Company’s strategic direction, assigns 
responsibility to management for the achievement of that 
direction, develops and approves major policy decisions, 
delegates to management the authority and responsibility 
of handling day-to-day affairs, and reviews management’s 
performance and effectiveness. The Board’s expectations 
of management are communicated to management directly 
and through committees of the Board.

The Board regularly receives reports on the operating results 
of the Company as well as reports on certain non-operational 
matters, including insurance, pensions, corporate governance, 
health and safety, legal and treasury matters. The Board also 
oversees the enterprise risk management (ERM) process, which 
is designed to assist all areas of the business in managing 
appropriate levels of risk tolerance by bringing a systematic 
approach, methodology and tools for evaluating, measuring 
and monitoring key risks. The results of the ERM program 
and other business planning processes are used to identify 
emerging risks to the Company, prioritize risk management 
activities and develop a risk-based internal audit plan.

pG 16    

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report

Ethical Business Conduct

Board Committees

The Code reflects the Company’s long-standing commitment 
to high standards of ethical conduct and business practices. 
The Code is reviewed annually to ensure it is current and 
reflects best practices in the area of ethical business 
conduct. In 2012, the Code underwent a comprehensive 
review and re-draft to ensure it reflected industry best 
practices. All directors, officers and employees of the 
Company are required to comply with the Code and must 
acknowledge their commitment to abide by the Code on 
an annual basis.

The Company encourages the reporting of unethical 
behaviour and has established an Integrity Action Line, a 
toll-free number that any director, officer or employee may use 
to report conduct which he or she feels violates the Code or 
otherwise constitutes fraudulent or unethical conduct. A fraud 
reporting protocol has also been implemented to ensure that 
fraud is reported to senior management in a timely manner. 
In addition, the Audit Committee has endorsed procedures for 
the anonymous receipt, retention and handling of complaints 
regarding accounting, internal control or auditing matters. 
These procedures are available at loblaw.ca.

The following is a brief summary of some of the 
responsibilities of each committee of the Board.

audit committee

The Audit Committee is responsible for supporting the Board 
in overseeing the quality and integrity of the Company’s 
financial reporting and internal controls over financial reporting, 
disclosure controls, internal audit function and its compliance 
with legal and regulatory requirements.

Governance, empLoYee deveLopment, nominatinG and 

compensation committee

The Governance Committee is responsible for the 
identification of new director nominees for the Board and for 
the oversight of compensation of directors and executive 
officers. The Governance Committee is also responsible for 
developing and maintaining governance practices consistent 
with high standards of corporate governance. The Chair of the 
Governance Committee, who is an independent director, has 
also been appointed by the Board to serve as lead director. 

pension committee

The pension Committee is responsible for reviewing 
the performance and overseeing the administration of 
the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ pension plans and 
pension funds.

environmentaL, HeaLtH and saFetY committee

The Environmental, health and Safety Committee is 
responsible for reviewing and monitoring environmental, food 
safety and workplace health and safety policies, procedures, 
practices and compliance.

executive committee

The Executive Committee possesses all of the powers of the 
Board except the power to declare common dividends and 
certain other powers specifically reserved by applicable law 
to the Board. The Executive Committee acts only when it is 
not practicable for the full Board to meet.

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report 

pG 17     

 
Board of Directors

Our Board represents the interests of all Loblaw stakeholders. Through 

its oversight of the management of the Company and its affairs, the 

Board actively demonstrates Loblaw’s commitment to the principles 

of transparency, accountability and sound corporate governance.

GaLen G. WeSton, b.a., m.b.a.1*
Executive Chairman, Loblaw Companies 
Limited; Former Senior vice president, 
Loblaw Companies Limited; Director, 
Wittington Investments, Limited.

StepHen e. BacHanD, b.a., m.b.a.3
Corporate Director; Retired president 
and Chief Executive Officer, Canadian 
Tire Corporation, Limited; Former 
Director, Canadian pacific Railway 
Limited, George Weston Limited,  
Bank of Montreal.

pauL m. BeeSton, c.m., b.a., F.c.a.2
president and Chief Executive Officer, 
Toronto Blue Jays Baseball Team; 
Former president and Chief Executive 
Officer, Major League Baseball; Director, 
president’s Choice Bank, Gluskin Sheff 
& Associates Inc.; Trustee and Former 
Chairman, Centre for Addiction and 
Mental health; Former Director, Newport 
partners Income Fund.

cHriStie J.B. cLark,  

b. comm., m.b.a., F.c.a.2*
Corporate Director; Former Chief 
Executive Officer and Senior partner, 
pricewaterhouseCoopers LLp; Director, 
Brookfield Office properties Inc., 
IGM Financial Inc.; Chair, Canadian 
partnership Against Cancer Corporation, 
Finance and Governance Committees 
of Alpine Canada.

GorDon a.m. currie, b.a., LL.b.4, 5
Executive vice president and Chief Legal 
Officer of the Company and George 
Weston Limited; Former Senior vice 
president and General Counsel, 
Direct Energy; Former partner, 
Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLp.

antHony S. FeLL, o.c.3*, 4*
Corporate Director; Former Chairman, 
RBC Capital Markets Inc.; Former 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, 
RBC Dominion Securities; Former Deputy 
Chairman, Royal Bank of Canada; 
Director, BCE Inc.; Former Chairman, 
Investment Dealers Association of 
Canada; Former Director, CAE Inc. 

cHriStiane Germain, c.Q.5
Co-president and Co-Founder, Groupe 
Germain hospitalité; Director, Groupe 
Le Massif, Institute for Governance of 
private and public Organizations, The 
Banff Centre.  

antHony r. GraHam1, 3, 4
president and Director, Wittington 
Investments, Limited; president, 
Selfridges Group Limited; president and 
Chief Executive Officer, Sumarria Inc.; 
Former vice-Chairman and Director, 
National Bank Financial; Chairman 
and Director, president’s Choice Bank; 
Director, George Weston Limited, 
Brown Thomas Group Limited, 
Graymont Limited, holt, Renfrew & Co., 
Limited, power Corporation of Canada, 
power Financial Corporation, Selfridges 
& Co. Ltd., Grupo Calidra, S.A. de 
C.v., de Bijenkorf B.v.

JoHn S. Lacey, b.a.1
Chairman of the Advisory Board, 
Brookfield private Equity Group; 
Consultant to the Board and to the Board 
of George Weston Limited; Former 
president and Chief Executive Officer, 
the Oshawa Group (now part of Sobeys 
Inc.); Director, George Weston Limited, 
Telus Corporation, Ainsworth Lumber 
Co. Ltd.; Former Chairman, Alderwoods 
Group, Inc.; Former Director, Canadian 
Imperial Bank of Commerce. 

nancy H.o. LockHart, o. ont.3, 5*
Chief Administrative Officer, Frum 
Development Group; Former vice 
president, Shoppers Drug Mart 
Corporation; Former president, Canadian 
Club of Toronto; Director, Centre for 
Addiction and Mental health Foundation, 
The Canada Merit Scholarship 
Foundation; Member, Advisory Board of 
Belinda Stronach Foundation; Former 
Chair, Canadian Film Centre, Ontario 
Science Centre; Former Director, Canada 
Deposit Insurance Corporation.

tHomaS c. o’neiLL, b. comm., F.c.a.3
Corporate Director; Chairman, 
BCE Inc.; Retired Chairman, 
pricewaterhouseCoopers Consulting; 
Former Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Operating Officer, 
pricewaterhouseCoopers LLp; vice-
Chair, St. Michael’s hospital; Director, 
Adecco S.A., Nexen Inc., BCE Inc., The 
Bank of Nova Scotia; Former vice Chair, 
Board of Governors, Queen’s university; 
past Member, Advisory Council at 
Queen’s university School of Business. 

JoHn D. Wetmore, b. matH.2, 4
Corporate Director; Former president 
and Chief Executive Officer, IBM Canada; 
Retired vice president, Contact Centre 
Development, IBM Americas; Director, 
Research In Motion Ltd. (also known as 
Blackberry); Former Director, Resolve 
Business Outsourcing Income Fund.

notes
1  Executive Committee
2  Audit Committee
3 

 Governance, Employee Development, 
Nominating and Compensation Committee

4  pension Committee
5  Environmental, health and Safety Committee
*  Chair of the Committee

pG 18    

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report

Leadership

S. JANE MARSHALL
Executive Vice President,  
Loblaw Properties Limited 
and Business Strategy

JUDY A. MCCRIE 
Executive Vice President,  
Human Resources and Labour 
Relations

PETER MCLAUGHLIN 
Executive Vice President,  
Emerging Business 

PETER K. MCMAHON
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Operating Officer

GARRY SENECAL 
Executive Vice President,  
Division Support and Brands

GALEN G. WESTON
Executive Chairman

VICENTE TRIUS
President

SARAH R. DAVIS
Chief Financial Officer

MARK C. BUTLER
Executive Vice President,  
Conventional Division

ROBERT CHANT
Senior Vice President,  
Corporate Affairs and Communication

BARRY K. COLUMB
President, PC Bank

GORDON A.M. CURRIE
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Legal Officer

GRANT FROESE
Executive Vice President,  
Hard Discount and Superstore 

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report 

PG 19     

 
Shareholder and corporate information

nationaL Head oFFice and store support centre  
Loblaw Companies Limited 

1 president’s Choice Circle, Brampton, Canada  L6Y 5S5 
Tel: (905) 459-2500  |  Fax: (905) 861-2206  |  Internet: loblaw.ca

stocK excHanGe ListinG  

flow, future prospects of the Company’s 

reGistrar and transFer aGent

and sYmboL

The Company’s common shares and 

second preferred shares are listed on the 

Toronto Stock Exchange and trade under 

the symbols “L” and “L.pR.A”, respectively.

common sHares

W. Galen Weston, directly and indirectly, 

including through his controlling interest 

in Weston, owns approximately 64% of the 

Company’s common shares.

During 2012, there were 718,544 common 

shares issued and at year end 281,680,157 

outstanding common shares available for 

public trading.

The average daily trading volume of the 

Company’s common shares for 2012  

was 499,774.

preFerred sHares

At year-end 2012, there were 9,000,000 

second preferred shares issued and 

outstanding and available for public trading.

business and other factors considered 

relevant from time to time. Over the long 

term, it is the Company’s intention to 

increase the amount of the dividend while 

retaining appropriate free cash flow to 

finance future growth.

common dividend dates

Computershare Investor Services Inc. 

100 university Avenue 

Toronto, Canada  M5J 2Y1 

Toll-free: 1-800-564-6253 (Canada and u.S.) 

Fax: (416) 263-9394 

Toll-free fax: 1-888-453-0330 

International direct dial: (514) 982-7555

The declaration and payment of quarterly 

To change your address, eliminate multiple 

dividends are made subject to approval 

mailings, or for other shareholder account 

by the Board. The anticipated record and 

inquiries, please contact Computershare 

payment dates for 2013 are:

Investor Services Inc. 

RECORD DATE  

pAYMENT DATE 

Additional financial information has been 

march 15  
June 15  
september 15   october 1 
december 15  

april 1 
July 1 

december 30

preFerred sHare  

dividend dates

filed electronically with various securities 

regulators in Canada through the System 

for Electronic Document Analysis and 

Retrieval (SEDAR) and with the Office of 

The Superintendent of Financial Institutions 

(OSFI) as the primary regulator for the 

Company’s subsidiary, president’s  

Choice Bank. 

The declaration and payment of quarterly 

dividends are made subject to approval by 

independent auditors

the Board. The anticipated payment dates 

for 2013 are: January 31, April 30, July 31 

KpMG LLp 

Chartered Accountants 

Toronto, Canada

The average daily trading volume of the 

and October 31.

Company’s second preferred shares for 

2012 was 7,941.

trademarKs

Loblaw Companies Limited and its 

subsidiaries own a number of trademarks. 

Several subsidiaries are licensees of 

additional trademarks. These trademarks 

are the exclusive property of Loblaw 

Companies Limited or the licensor and 

where used in this report are in italics.

common dividend poLicY

During 2012, the Company amended its 

dividend policy to state: the declaration 

and payment of dividends and the amount 

thereof on the Company’s common shares 

are at the discretion of the Board which 

takes into account the Company’s financial 

results, capital requirements, available cash 

normaL course issuer bid

annuaL meetinG

The Company has a Normal Course Issuer 

Bid on the Toronto Stock Exchange.

vaLue oF common sHares

For capital gains purposes, the valuation 

day (December 22, 1971) cost base for the 

The 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders 

of Loblaw Companies Limited will be held 

on Thursday, May 2, 2013 at 11:00 am (EST), 

at the Mattamy Athletic Centre,  

50 Carlton Street, Toronto, Canada M5B 1J2.

Company is $0.958 per common share. The 

The Company holds an analyst call shortly 

value on February 22, 1994 was $7.67 per 

following the release of its quarterly results. 

These calls are archived in the Investor 

Centre section of the Company’s website 
(loblaw.ca).

common share.

investor reLations

Shareholders, security analysts and 

investment professionals should direct 

their requests to Kim Lee, vice president, 

Investor Relations, at the Company’s 

National head Office or by e-mail at: 
investor@loblaw.ca

pG 20    

LobLaw companies Limited  |  2012 annuaL report

e
t
i
h
W
m
a
h
a
r
G
d
v
a
D

i

:

Y
H
p
a
r
G
o
t
o
H
p

L
a
p

i

c
n

i

r
p

M
L
p

l

a
t
n
e
n
i
t
n
o
c
s
n
a
r
T

:

G
n

i

t
n

i

r
p

i

m
o
c
.
n
g
s
e
d
s
k
r
o
w
w
w
w

.

I

S
N
O
I
T
A
C
N
u
M
M
O
C
N
G
S
E
D
S
K
R
O
W
E
h
T

I

:

i

n
G
s
e
d
d
n
a

t
p
e
c
n
o
c

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
l

O

B

l

a

w

C

O

m

P

a

n

i

E

S

l

i

m

i

t

E

D

|

2

0

1

2

a

n

n

u

a

l

r

E

P

O

r

t

lOBlaw.Ca

PC.Ca

JOEFrESH.Ca

PCFinanCial.Ca

 
 
 
 
 
 
2012 Annual Report  
Financial Review

Financial Highlights(1) 

As at or for the periods ended December 29, 2012, December 31, 2011 and  
    January 1, 2011 

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

Consolidated Results of Operations  
Revenue 
Operating income 

EBITDA(3) 
Net interest expense and other financing charges 
Net earnings  

Consolidated Financial Position and Cash Flow 
Adjusted debt(3) 
Free cash flow(3) 
Cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits 
Cash flows from operating activities 
Capital investment(1) 

Consolidated Per Common Share ($) 
Basic net earnings 
Consolidated Financial Measures and Ratios 

Revenue growth 

Operating margin(1) 
EBITDA margin(3) 
Adjusted debt(3)  to EBITDA(3) 
Interest coverage(3) 
Return on average net assets(1) 
Return on average shareholders’ equity(1) 
Retail Results of Operations  

Sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Retail Operating Statistics 
Same-store sales(1) (decline) growth  
Gross profit percentage 

Operating margin(1) 

Retail square footage(1) (in millions) 
Number of corporate stores 
Number of franchise stores 
Financial Services Results of Operations 

Revenue 
Operating income 
Earnings before income taxes 
Financial Services Operating Measures and Statistics 
Average quarterly net credit card receivables 
Credit card receivables 

Allowance for credit card receivables 
Annualized yield on average quarterly gross credit card receivables(1) 
Annualized credit loss rate on average quarterly gross credit card 

receivables(1) 

2012 
(52 weeks) 

$    31,604 
1,196 

2011 
(52 weeks) 

   2010(2)
(52 weeks) 

$    31,250 
1,384 

$    30,836 
1,347 

1,973 
331 
650 

4,360 
824 
2,047 
1,637 
1,017 

2.31 

1.1% 

3.8% 
6.2% 
2.2x 
3.6x 
10.0% 
10.5% 

30,960 
6,819 
1,101 

(0.2%) 
22.0% 

3.6% 

51.5 
580 
473 

644 
95 
50 

2,105 
2,305 

43 
12.8% 

4.3% 

2,083 
327 
769 

4,341 
931 
1,986 
1,814 
987 

2.73 

1.3% 

4.4% 
6.7% 
2.1x 
4.2x 
12.0% 
13.2% 

30,703 
6,820 
1,312 

0.9% 
22.2% 

4.3% 

51.2 
584 
462 

547 
72 
24 

1,974 
2,101 

37 
12.5% 

4.2% 

1,975 
353 
675 

4,669 
741 
1,965 
2,029 
1,190 

2.43 

0.3%(4) 

4.4% 
6.4% 
2.4x 
3.8x 
12.0% 
12.6% 

30,315 
6,787 
1,239 

(0.6%) 
22.4% 

4.1% 

50.7 
576 
451 

521 
108 
66 

1,941 
1,997 

34 
13.2% 

5.6% 

(1)    For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103.  
(2)  2010 comparative figures previously reported in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“CGAAP”) have been restated to conform with International Financial 

Reporting Standards (“IFRS” or “GAAP”). 
(3)  See Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 37. 
(4)  As compared to 2009 figures reported in accordance with CGAAP. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
Financial Results 
Earnings Coverage Exhibit to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements  
Three Year Summary 
Glossary of Terms 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

1.  Forward-Looking Statements 

2.  Overview 

3.  Vision and Strategies 

4.  Key Financial Performance Indicators 

5.  Overall Financial Performance 

5.1  Consolidated Results of Operations 
5.2  Selected Financial Information 

6.  Reportable Operating Segments Results of Operations 

6.1  Retail Segment 
6.2  Financial Services Segment 

7.  Liquidity and Capital Resources 

7.1  Cash Flows 
7.2  Sources of Liquidity 
7.3  Capital Structure 
7.4  Financial Derivative Instruments 
7.5  Contractual Obligations 
7.6  Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

8.  Other Business Matters 

9.  Quarterly Results of Operations 
9.1  Results by Quarter 
9.2  Fourth Quarter Results 

10.  Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

11.  Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

12.  Enterprise Risks and Risk Management 

12.1  Operating Risks and Risk Management 
12.2  Financial Risks and Risk Management 

13.  Related Party Transactions 

14.  Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments 

14.1  Inventories 
14.2  Impairment of Non-Financial Assets (Goodwill, Intangible Assets, Fixed Assets and Investment Properties) 
14.3  Franchise Loans Receivable and Certain Other Financial Assets 
14.4  Income and Other Taxes 
14.5  Post-Employment and Other Long Term Employee Benefits 
14.6  Allowance for Credit Card Receivables 

15.  Accounting Standards 

15.1  Accounting Standards Implemented in 2012 
15.2  Future Accounting Standards 

16.  Outlook 

17.  Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

18.  Additional Information 

2 
40 
101 
102 
103 

2 

3 

3 

5 

6 
6 
8 

9 
9 
10 

11 
11 
12 
14 
15 
16 
16 

17 

17 
17 
19 

22 

23 

23 
24 
29 

31 

32 
32 
33 
33 
33 
33 
33 

34 
34 
34 

36 

37 

39 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) for Loblaw Companies Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” 
or “Loblaw”) should be read in conjunction with the annual audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes on pages 43 
to 100 of this Annual Report – Financial Review (“Annual Report”). The Company’s annual audited consolidated financial statements and 
accompanying notes for the year ended December 29, 2012 are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) and include the accounts of the Company and other entities that the Company controls and are reported in millions of Canadian 
dollars, except where otherwise indicated.  

The information in this MD&A is current to February 20, 2013, unless otherwise noted. A glossary of terms used throughout this Annual Report 
can be found on page 103. 

1. Forward-Looking Statements 

This Annual Report, including this MD&A, for Loblaw Companies Limited contains forward-looking statements about the Company’s objectives, 
plans, goals, aspirations, strategies, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, performance, prospects and opportunities.  Specific 
statements with respect to anticipated future results and planned capital expenditures are included in the Outlook section on page 36 of this 
MD&A and future plans are included in the Visions and Strategies section on page 3 of this MD&A. Forward-looking statements are typically 
identified by words such as “expect”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “foresee”, “could”, “estimate”, “goal”, “intend”, “plan”, “seek”, “strive”, “will”, “may” and 
“should” and similar expressions, as they relate to the Company and its management.  

Forward-looking statements reflect the Company's current estimates, beliefs and assumptions, which are based on management's 
perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors it believes are appropriate in 
the circumstances. The Company's expectation of operating and financial performance in 2013 is based on certain assumptions including 
assumptions about revenue growth, anticipated cost savings and operating efficiencies, no unanticipated changes in the effective income 
tax rates, the Company’s plan to increase net retail square footage by 1% and no unexpected adverse events or costs related to the 
Company’s investments in information technology (“IT”) and supply chain. The Company’s estimates, beliefs and assumptions are inherently 
subject to significant business, economic, competitive and other uncertainties and contingencies regarding future events and as such, are 
subject to change. The Company can give no assurance that such estimates, beliefs and assumptions will prove to be correct. 

Numerous risks and uncertainties could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from the estimates, beliefs and assumptions 
expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to: 

 

 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

failure to realize anticipated results, including revenue growth, anticipated cost savings or operating efficiencies from the Company’s major 
initiatives, including those from restructuring; 
failure to realize benefits from investments in the Company’s IT systems, including the Company’s IT systems implementation, or 
unanticipated results from these initiatives;  
the inability of the Company’s IT infrastructure to support the requirements of the Company’s business;  
heightened competition, whether from current competitors or new entrants to the marketplace; 
changes in economic conditions including the rate of inflation or deflation, changes in interest and currency exchange rates and derivative 
and commodity prices; 
public health events including those related to food safety; 
failure to achieve desired results in labour negotiations, including the terms of future collective bargaining agreements, which could lead to 
work stoppages;  
the inability of the Company to manage inventory to minimize the impact of obsolete or excess inventory and to control shrink;  
the impact of potential environmental liabilities; 
failure to respond to changes in consumer tastes and buying patterns; 
reliance on the performance and retention of third-party service providers including those associated with the Company’s supply chain and 
apparel business;  
supply and quality control issues with vendors;  
changes to the regulation of generic prescription drug prices and the reduction of reimbursement under public drug benefit plans and the 
elimination or reduction of professional allowances paid by drug manufacturers; 

2     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

 
 

changes in the Company’s income, commodity, other tax and regulatory liabilities including changes in tax laws, regulations or future 
assessments; 
any requirement of the Company to make contributions to its registered funded defined benefit pension plans or the multi-employer pension 
plans in which it participates in excess of those currently contemplated;  
the risk that the Company would experience a financial loss if its counterparties fail to meet their obligations in accordance with the terms and 
conditions of their contracts with the Company;  
the inability of the Company to collect on its credit card receivables; and 
failure to execute the Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) of the Company’s proposed Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”) could adversely affect 
the reputation, operations and financial performance of the Company. 

This is not an exhaustive list of the factors that may affect the Company’s forward-looking statements. Other risks and uncertainties not 
presently known to the Company or that the Company presently believes are not material could also cause actual results or events to differ 
materially from those expressed in its forward-looking statements. Additional risks and uncertainties are discussed in the Company’s materials 
filed with the Canadian securities regulatory authorities from time to time, including the Enterprise Risks and Risk Management section on 
pages 23 to 31 of this MD&A. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect the 
Company’s expectations only as of the date of this MD&A. Except as required by law, the Company does not undertake to update or revise 
any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

2. Overview 

The Company is a subsidiary of George Weston Limited (“Weston”) and is Canada’s largest food retailer and a leading provider of drugstore, 
general merchandise and financial products and services. The Company has two reportable operating segments: Retail and Financial Services. 
Loblaw and its franchisees together are among the largest private sector employers in Canada, employing approximately 134,000 full-time and 
part-time employees across more than 1,000 corporate and franchise stores from coast to coast. Through its portfolio of store formats, Loblaw 
is committed to providing Canadians with a wide range of products and services to meet the everyday household demands of Canadian 
consumers. Loblaw is known for the quality, innovation and value of its food offering. It offers one of Canada’s strongest control brand 
programs, including the unique President’s Choice, no name and Joe Fresh brands. In addition, through its subsidiaries, the Company makes 
available to consumers President’s Choice Financial services and offers the PC points loyalty program. 

3. Vision and Strategies 

The Company’s mission is to be Canada’s best food, health and home retailer by exceeding customer expectations through innovative 
products at great prices. As one of the country’s leading retailers, reaching 14 million consumers each week, the Company is uniquely 
positioned to deliver on its purpose – Live Life Well – and to provide Canadians with products, services, value and experience to enrich their 
lives. The Company delivers on this purpose through its strategy to strengthen its competitive position with a winning customer proposition and 
efficient and cost-effective operations fueled by growth opportunities in emerging and complementary businesses.  

During 2012, the Company executed its plan to strengthen its competitive position. Targeted investments to improve the customer proposition 
delivered clear signs of progress, key milestones on IT systems initiatives were met and planned efficiencies were realized. To further 
enhance customers’ shopping experience, stores were renovated and the Company strategically invested in square footage with new stores. 
A number of important strategic initiatives were also announced during the year. Some of Loblaw’s key accomplishments in 2012 include:  

 

Invested in an expanded fresh product assortment and related colleague training to support an improved customer experience at 
competitive prices; 

  Completed the development and implementation of several comprehensive category reviews across both divisions to improve the 

 

competitiveness, profitability and relevance of individual categories; 
Improved overall net promoter score, a measure of customer satisfaction, by 3 percentage points, through consistent execution of 
initiatives to strengthen the customer proposition and competitive position of the Company; 

  Rolled-out a national point of sale system in order to standardize the applications and infrastructure across the store network in 

preparation for conversion to the Company’s new IT system and other new capabilities across the distribution centre and store network; 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

  Achieved a significant milestone in the implementation of the Company’s IT system, with the first distribution centre and first store going 

live on fully integrated systems with little to no impact on customers; 

  Continued to innovate its control brand products, including a T&T Supermarket Inc. private label pilot in a selection of the Company’s 

mainstream stores; 

  Reset the general merchandise section in 78 stores with differentiated product assortments that are complementary to a weekly food 

 

shop and have compelling value price points;  
Invested strategically in its store network, renovating and revitalizing 103 stores and opening seven net new stores, expanding the 
Company’s retail square footage to 51.5 million square feet;  

  Grew the PC Financial services business by achieving one million new PC MasterCard® applicants and opening 87 additional Mobile 

Shop locations; 

  Purchased prescription files from 106 Zellers stores, contributing to prescription count growth; 
  Announced a relationship with J.C. Penney Corporation, Inc. (“JC Penney”) to introduce Joe Fresh women’s apparel to almost 700 JC 

Penney stores in the United States starting in March 2013; and 

  Announced its intention to create a REIT, which will acquire a significant portion of Loblaw’s real estate assets and sell units by way of an 

IPO. 

In 2013, the Company expects to continue to execute on its plan to strengthen the competitive position of its businesses. Key focus areas for 
the year include launching the roll-out program to convert its network of distribution centres and stores to the new IT system; accelerating 
business competitiveness with a more responsive and proactive culture to better serve customers; and managing expenses and operating 
costs to return efficiencies to customers. The Company’s plans for 2013 include: 

Integrating supply chain systems at each distribution centre to the new IT system in lock-step with store implementations; 
Implementing a staggered roll-out of the IT system to a significant number of corporate stores;  

 
 
  Exceeding customer expectations and achieving improved customer feedback scores with the right assortment, improved customer in-store 

experience and competitive prices; 

  Offering customized assortment, compelling displays and delivering competitive value across banners through ongoing development and 

implementation of strategic category reviews;  

  Capitalizing on its established control brands across food and general merchandise;  
  Expanding the financial services business by creating in-store customer awareness and expanding product offerings; 
  Managing costs across the business with a focus on improved shrink, inventory turns, labour and administrative expenses to drive efficient 

operations and provide customers greater value; 
Investing to improve standards and in-store experience through renovations and strategically investing in new square footage; and 

 
  Completing the creation of a REIT by way of an IPO. 

4     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. Key Financial Performance Indicators  

The Company has identified specific key financial performance indicators to measure the progress of short and long term objectives.  

Key financial performance indicators are set out below: 

As at or for the periods ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011  

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

Consolidated: 
Revenue growth 
Operating income 
EBITDA(1) 
EBITDA margin(1) 
Net earnings  
Basic net earnings per common share ($) 
Operating margin(2) 
Cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits  
Cash flows from operating activities  
Adjusted debt(1)  to EBITDA(1) 
Free cash flow(1) 
Interest coverage(1) 
Return on average net assets(2) 

Return on average shareholders’ equity(2) 

Retail Segment: 
Same-store sales(2) (decline) growth  
Gross profit  
Gross profit percentage 
Operating margin(2)  
Financial Services Segment: 
Earnings before income taxes 
Annualized yield on average quarterly gross credit card receivables(2)  
Annualized credit loss rate on average quarterly gross credit card receivables(2)  

2012 

(52 weeks) 

2011 

(52 weeks) 

1.1% 
$     1,196 
   1,973 
6.2% 
 650 
 2.31 
3.8% 
2,047 
1,637 
2.2x 
824 
3.6x 
10.0% 

10.5% 

(0.2%) 
$     6,819 
22.0% 
3.6% 

$         50 
12.8% 
4.3% 

1.3% 
$     1,384 
   2,083 
6.7% 
 769 
 2.73 
4.4% 
1,986 
1,814 
2.1x 
931 
4.2x 
12.0% 

13.2% 

0.9% 
$     6,820 
22.2% 
4.3% 

$          24 
12.5% 
4.2% 

(1)  See Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 37. 

(2)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

5. Overall Financial Performance  

In 2012, the Company invested to strengthen its customer proposition and at the same time continued with its ongoing IT infrastructure 
renewal program. With investments in the customer proposition, the Company made progress in delivering an improved price position, 
enhanced assortment and variety, particularly in fresh departments, and better in-store execution and customer service. The decline in net 
earnings was primarily due to incremental investments in the customer proposition and the IT infrastructure program that operations was not 
expected to cover, partially offset by improved earnings in the Financial Services segment.  

5.1 Consolidated Results of Operations 

For the periods ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011  
(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

                  2012 
(52 weeks) 

                  2011 
(52 weeks) 

$ Change 

% Change 

Revenue 
Operating income 
Net interest expense and other financing charges 
Income taxes 
Net earnings 
Basic net earnings per common share ($) 

Operating margin(1) 
EBITDA(2) 
EBITDA margin(2) 

Dividends declared per common share ($) 
Dividends declared on Second Preferred Share, Series A ($) 

$    31,604 
1,196 
331 
215 
650 
2.31 

3.8% 
$      1,973 
6.2% 

0.85 
1.49 

$    31,250 
1,384 
327 
288 
769 
2.73 

4.4% 
$      2,083 
6.7% 

0.84 
1.49 

$    354 
(188) 
4 
(73) 
(119) 
(0.42) 

1.1% 
(13.6%)  
1.2% 
(25.3%) 
(15.5%)  
(15.4%) 

$   (110) 

(5.3%) 

0.01 
– 

1.2% 
– 

During 2012, the Company announced a plan that reduced the number of head office and administrative positions. Focused primarily on 
management and office positions, the reductions affected approximately 700 jobs. The Company incurred a $61 million charge associated with 
this restructuring. 

For 2012, the Company incurred $55 million of incremental investment in its customer proposition that was not covered by operations. This 
amount was comprised of $20 million in price and $15 million in shrink, both of which were included in gross profit, and $20 million in labour. 

Revenue The $354 million increase in revenue compared to 2011 was driven by increases in both the Company’s Retail and Financial Services 
operating segments, as described below.  

Operating Income Operating income decreased by $188 million compared to 2011. Retail operating income decreased by $211 million, 
including the $61 million charge for restructuring, partially offset by an increase in Financial Services operating income of $23 million compared 
to 2011. In 2012, operating margin(1) was 3.8% compared to 4.4% in 2011. 

(1)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 

(2)  See Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 37. 

6     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included in 2012 consolidated operating income were the following notable items: 

 

Incremental costs of $63 million related to investments in IT and supply chain. These costs included the following charges: 

o 
o 
o 
o 

$316 million (2011 – $266 million) related to IT costs; 
$221 million (2011 – $172 million) related to depreciation and amortization; 
$10 million (2011 – $34 million) related to other supply chain project costs; and 
$11 million (2011 – $23 million) related to changes in the distribution network. 

  A $61 million charge associated with the reduction in head office and administrative positions;  
  A $38 million charge (2011 – $35 million) related to the transition of certain Ontario conventional stores to the more cost effective and 

efficient operating terms of collective agreements ratified in 2010; 

  A $28 million charge (2011 – $27 million) related to the effect of share-based compensation net of equity forwards; and 
  A $17 million charge (2011 – $5 million) related to fixed asset impairments, net of recoveries, related to asset carrying values in excess of 

recoverable amounts for specific retail locations. 

Included in 2011 consolidated operating income were the following additional notable items: 

  A $21 million charge related to start-up costs associated with the launch of the Joe Fresh brand in the United States; 
  A $15 million charge related to certain prior years’ commodity tax matters; 
  An $8 million charge related to an internal re-alignment of the Retail segment into a two division structure – conventional and discount; and 
  A $14 million gain recognized related to the sale of a portion of a property in North Vancouver, British Columbia. 

Net Interest Expense and Other Financing Charges In 2012, net interest expense and other financing charges increased by $4 million, or 
1.2%, to $331 million compared to 2011, primarily due to the maturity of interest rate swaps in the third quarter of 2011 and an increase in 
interest expense on long term debt, mainly driven by guaranteed investment certificate (“GIC”) issuances, partially offset by net repayments 
of borrowings related to credit card receivables in 2011. 

Income Taxes For 2012, income tax expense was $215 million (2011 – $288 million). The effective income tax rate was 24.9% (2011 – 27.2%). 
This decrease was primarily due to further reductions in the Federal and Ontario statutory income tax rates and a recovery on the revaluation of 
deferred tax assets on the enactment of the revised Ontario corporate income tax rate.  

Net Earnings Net earnings for 2012 decreased by $119 million, or 15.5%, compared to 2011. Basic net earnings per common share for 2012 
decreased by 15.4%, to $2.31 from $2.73 in 2011. 

Basic net earnings per common share for 2012 were impacted by the following notable items: 

  A $0.16 charge related to the incremental costs for the Company’s investment in IT and supply chain;  
  A $0.16 charge related to the reduction in head office and administrative positions; 
  A $0.10 charge (2011 – $0.09) related to the transition of certain Ontario conventional stores under collective agreements ratified  

in 2010; 

  A $0.09 charge (2011 – $0.09) for the effect of share-based compensation net of equity forwards; and 
  A $0.05 charge (2011 – $0.01) related to the fixed asset impairments net of recoveries. 

Basic net earnings per common share for 2011 were further impacted by the following notable items: 

  A $0.05 charge related to the start-up costs associated with the launch of the Company’s Joe Fresh brand in the United States; 
  A $0.04 charge related to certain prior years’ commodity tax matters;  
  A $0.02 charge related to the internal re-alignment of the business; and 
 

Income of $0.04 related to the gain recognized on the sale of a portion of a property in North Vancouver, British Columbia.  

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

5.2 Selected Financial Information 

The following is a summary of selected annual audited consolidated information extracted from the Company’s annual audited consolidated 
financial statements. The analysis of the data contained in the table focuses on the trends and significant events or items affecting the 
financial condition and results of the Company’s operations over the latest three year period.  

For the periods ended December 29, 2012, December 31, 2011  
     and January 1, 2011 

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

Revenue 

Net earnings  

Basic net earnings per common share ($) 

Diluted net earnings per common share ($) 

Dividends declared per common share ($) 

Dividends declared per Second Preferred Share, Series A ($) 

2012 

(52 weeks) 

$  31,604 

2011 

(52 weeks) 

$  31,250 

2010 

(52 weeks) 

$  30,836 

650 

2.31 

2.28 

0.85 

1.49 

769 

2.73 

2.71 

0.84 

1.49 

675 

2.43 

2.38 

0.84 

1.49 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Total assets 

Long term debt 

Capital securities 

As at  
December 29, 2012 

As at  
December 31, 2011 

As at  
January 1, 2011 

$  17,961 

$  17,428 

$  16,841 

5,669 

223 

5,580 

222 

6,100 

221 

Over the past three years, the Company’s sales were under pressure in a competitively intense retail market place with an uncertain 
economic environment. Average annual national food price inflation as measured by “The Consumer Price Index for Food Purchased from 
Stores” (“CPI”) was 2.3% in 2012 and 4.2% in 2011. In 2012 and 2011, the Company’s average annual internal retail food price index was 
lower than CPI. The Company experienced modest average annual internal food price inflation in 2012 and moderate inflation in 2011. In 
2012, same-store sales(1) decline was 0.2% compared to growth of 0.9% in 2011. During the year, the number of corporate and franchise 
stores increased to 1,053 (2011 – 1,046; 2010 – 1,027). Retail square footage in 2012 increased to 51.5 million (2011 – 51.2 million; 2010 – 
50.7 million).  

In 2012, to better position itself in an intensely competitive market place, the Company made investments in its customer proposition that 
were not covered by operations. These investments were focused on price, assortment and customer service and impacted both gross profit 
and selling, general and administrative expenses. Additionally, in 2012, the Company announced a plan that reduced the number of head 
office and administrative positions, affecting approximately 700 jobs.  

In both 2011 and 2012, the Company’s operating income was significantly impacted by incremental supply chain and IT charges related to its 
infrastructure implementation and charges associated with transitioning certain Ontario conventional stores to the more cost effective and 
efficient operating terms of collective agreements ratified in 2010. Operating income in 2011 and 2012 was further impacted by year-over-
year fluctuations in fixed asset impairment charges and recoveries and other related charges and share-based compensation charges net of 
equity forwards.  

(1)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 

8     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to changes in operating income, over the past two years, net earnings and basic net earnings per common share were positively 
impacted by a decline in net interest expense and other financing charges compared to 2010, driven primarily by reductions in long term debt. 
Net earnings and basic net earnings per common share were also positively impacted by lower income taxes, partially due to declines in 
statutory income tax rates. 

In the last two years, total assets increased by 6.7% mainly due to increases in cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and credit 
card receivables and the Company’s capital investment program, partially offset by declines in security deposits and other assets.  

In the last two years, long term debt and capital securities decreased by 6.8%. In 2011, the Company repaid $500 million of Eagle Credit 
Card Trust® (“Eagle”) medium term notes (“MTN”) and a $350 million, 6.5% MTN. These repayments were partially offset by an increase in 
President’s Choice Bank’s (“PC Bank”) GIC program, which was introduced in 2010, and increases in debt associated with the Company’s 
Independent Funding Trusts and finance lease obligations.  

Cash flows from operating activities covered the Company’s funding requirements and exceeded the capital investment program in both 2012 
and 2011. 

6. Reportable Operating Segments Results of Operations 

6.1 Retail Segment 

For the periods ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011  
(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

                     2012 
(52 weeks) 

                  2011 
(52 weeks) 

Sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Same-store sales(1) (decline) growth  
Gross profit percentage 
Operating margin(1) 

$    30,960 
6,819 
1,101 
(0.2%) 
22.0% 
3.6% 

$    30,703 
6,820 
1,312 
0.9% 
22.2% 
4.3% 

$ Change 

% Change 

$   257 
(1) 
(211) 

0.8% 
– 
(16.1%) 

Sales In 2012, the increase in Retail sales of $257 million, or 0.8% over 2011 was impacted by the following factors: 

  Same-store sales(1) decline was 0.2% (2011 – growth of 0.9%); 
  Sales growth in food was modest; 
  Sales in drugstore were flat; 
  Sales growth in gas bar was modest; 
  Sales in general merchandise, excluding apparel, declined moderately; 
  Sales in apparel were flat; 
 

The Company experienced modest average annual internal food price inflation during 2012 (2011 – moderate inflation), which was 
lower than the average annual national food price inflation of 2.3% (2011 – 4.2%) as measured by CPI. CPI does not necessarily 
reflect the effect of inflation on the specific mix of goods sold in Loblaw stores; and 

  During 2012, 18 (2011 – 26) corporate and franchise stores were opened and 11 (2011 – seven) corporate and franchise stores were 

closed, resulting in a net increase of 0.3 million square feet, or 0.6%. 

In 2012, the Company launched over 650 new control brand products and redesigned and/or improved the packaging of approximately 750 
other products. Sales of control brand products in 2012 were $9.4 billion compared to $9.5 billion in 2011. 

(1)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Gross Profit For 2012, gross profit percentage was 22.0%, a decrease from 22.2% in 2011. This decline was primarily driven by investments in 
food margins and increased shrink, partially offset by margin improvements in drugstore. Gross profit decreased by $1 million compared to 
2011, mainly driven by the investments in gross profit percentage, almost completely offset by higher sales. In 2012, gross profit included an 
estimated $35 million of the incremental investment in the Company’s customer proposition that was not covered by operations, of which $20 
million was in price and $15 million was in shrink related to improved assortment in stores. 

Operating Income Operating income decreased by $211 million, including the $61 million charge for restructuring, compared to 2011, while 
operating margin(1) decreased to 3.6% for 2012 compared to 4.3% in 2011. In addition to the notable items described in the Consolidated 
Results of Operations above, operating income and operating margin(1) were negatively impacted by an increase in labour and other operating 
costs. The increase in labour included an estimated $20 million of the incremental investment in the Company’s customer proposition related 
to improved service in stores that was not covered by operations. 

6.2 Financial Services Segment 

For the periods ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011  
(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

                     2012 
(52 weeks) 

Revenue 
Operating income 
Earnings before income taxes 

$        644 
95 
50 

                  2011 

(52 weeks) 

$ Change 

% Change 

$          547 
72 
24 

$       97 
23 
26 

17.7% 
31.9% 
108.3% 

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

Average quarterly net credit card receivables 
Credit card receivables 
Allowance for credit card receivables 
Annualized yield on average quarterly gross credit card 

receivables(1) 

Annualized credit loss rate on average quarterly gross credit  

card receivables(1) 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

$ Change 

% Change 

$     2,105 
2,305 
43 

12.8% 

4.3% 

$       1,974 
2,101 
37 

$     131 
204 
6 

6.6% 
9.7% 
16.2% 

12.5% 

4.2% 

Revenue The $97 million increase in revenue compared to 2011 was primarily due to higher PC Telecom revenue resulting from the launch of 
the new Mobile Shop kiosks in the fourth quarter of 2011 and higher interest and interchange fee income as a result of increased credit card 
transaction values and higher credit card receivables balances.  

Operating Income and Earnings Before Income Taxes Operating income increased by $23 million and earnings before income taxes 
increased by $26 million compared to 2011. The increases were mainly attributable to the higher revenue described above, partially offset by 
investments in the launch of the Mobile Shop kiosk business, higher PC points loyalty costs and a higher allowance for credit card receivables 
on higher receivables balances. Earnings before income taxes also benefitted from a decrease in net interest expense and other financing 
charges due to lower securitization costs. 

(1)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 

10     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. Liquidity and Capital Resources 

7.1 Cash Flows 

Major Cash Flow Components 

For the periods ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

2012 

(52 weeks) 

2011 

(52 weeks) 

$ Change 

% Change 

Cash flows from (used in): 
Operating activities 

Investing activities 
Financing activities 

$     1,637 

$     1,814 

$      (177) 

(989) 
(531) 

(856) 
(853) 

    (133) 
322 

(9.8%) 

(15.5%) 
37.7% 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities Cash flows from operating activities of $1,637 million, decreased by $177 million compared to $1,814 
million in 2011. Cash flows from operating activities for 2012 included EBITDA(1) of $1,973 million and a net investment in non-cash working 
capital of $55 million, offset by income taxes paid of $232 million and a net increase in credit card receivables of $204 million.  

The lower cash flows from operations compared to 2011 were mainly due to a decrease in EBITDA(1) and increase in credit card receivables, 
partially offset by investment in non-cash working capital.  

Cash Flows used in Investing Activities Cash flows used in investing activities of $989 million, increased by $133 million compared to 
$856 million in 2011, primarily due to a reduction in security deposits as a result of the repayment of Eagle notes in 2011, increased fixed 
asset purchases and intangible asset additions in 2012, including the purchase of Zellers prescription files for approximately $31 million. 

Capital investment(2) in 2012 was $1.0 billion (2011 – $1.0 billion). Approximately 15% (2011 – 17%) of this investment was for new store 
developments, expansions and land, approximately 31% (2011 − 32%) was for store conversions and renovations, and approximately 54% 
(2011 − 51%) was for infrastructure investments.  

The 2012 corporate and franchise store capital investment program, which included the impact of store openings and closures, resulted in 
an increase in net retail square footage of 0.6% compared to 2011. During 2012, 18 (2011 – 26) corporate and franchise stores were 
opened and 11 (2011 – seven) corporate and franchise stores were closed, resulting in a net increase of 0.3 million square feet (2011 – 0.5 
million square feet). In 2012, 181 (2011 – 121) corporate and franchise stores were renovated.  

As at December 29, 2012, the Company had committed approximately $60 million (2011 – $52 million) for the construction, expansion and 
renovation of buildings and the purchase of real property. 

The Company expects to invest approximately $1.0 billion in capital expenditures in 2013. Approximately 25% of these funds are expected 
to be dedicated to investing in the IT and supply chain projects, 65% will be spent on retail operations and 10% on other infrastructure. 

(1)  See Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 37 
(2)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Capital Investment(1) and Store Activity  

As at or for the periods ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011  
Capital investment(1) (millions of Canadian dollars) 
Corporate square footage (in millions) 
Franchise square footage (in millions) 
Retail square footage(1) (in millions) 
Number of corporate stores  
Number of franchise stores 
Percentage of corporate real estate owned 
Percentage of franchise real estate owned 
Average store size (square feet) 
    Corporate 
    Franchise 

                       2012 
(52 weeks) 
$    1,017 
37.6 
13.9 
51.5 
580 
473 
72% 
45% 

                          2011 
(52 weeks) 
$      987 
37.5 
13.7 
51.2 
584 
462 
72% 
46% 

% Change 
3.0% 
0.3% 
1.5% 
0.6% 
(0.7%) 
2.4% 

64,800 
29,400 

64,200 
29,600 

0.9% 
(0.3%) 

Cash Flows used in Financing Activities In 2012, cash flows used in financing activities of $531 million, decreased by $322 million 
compared to $853 million in 2011. The decrease in cash flows used in financing activities was primarily due to lower net repayments of long 
term debt and fewer cash payments of dividends, partially offset by cash received from the securitization of $370 million credit card 
receivables in 2011. 

Free Cash Flow(2) In 2012, free cash flow(2) of $824 million, decreased by $107 million compared to $931 million in 2011. This decrease was 
primarily driven by the decrease in cash flows from operating activities and the increase in the Company’s capital investment program. 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan Contributions During 2013, the Company expects to contribute approximately $150 million (2012 – contributed 
approximately $150 million) to its registered funded defined benefit pension plans. The actual amount paid may vary from the estimate based on 
actuarial valuations being completed, investment performance, volatility in discount rates, regulatory requirements and other factors. In 2013, the 
Company also expects to make contributions to its defined contribution plans and multi-employer pension plans in which it participates as well as 
make benefit payments to the beneficiaries of the supplemental unfunded defined benefit pension plans, other defined benefit plans and other 
long term employee benefit plans. 

7.2 Sources of Liquidity  

Adjusted Debt(2) to EBITDA(2) The Company monitors its adjusted debt(2) to EBITDA(2) ratio as a measure to ensure it is operating under an 
efficient capital structure. As at December 29, 2012, the Company’s adjusted debt(2) to EBITDA(2) ratio was 2.2x compared to 2.1x as at 
December 31, 2011. The increase was driven primarily by capital lease obligations, which increased adjusted debt(2), while lower operating 
income from the retail business contributed to a decrease in EBITDA(2). 

The Company expects that cash and cash equivalents, short term investments, future operating cash flows and the amounts available to be 
drawn against its $800 million committed credit facility (“Credit Facility”) will enable the Company to finance its capital investment program and 
fund its ongoing business requirements, including working capital, pension plan funding and financial obligations, over the next 12 months. The 
Company has traditionally obtained its long term financing primarily through an MTN program. The Company may refinance maturing long 
term debt if market conditions are appropriate or it may consider other alternatives. In addition, given reasonable access to capital markets, the 
Company does not foresee any material impediments in obtaining financing to satisfy its long term obligations. 

(1)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 
(2)  See Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 37. 

12     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During 2012, the Company renewed and extended the Credit Facility to March 2017. As at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, there 
were no amounts drawn upon the Credit Facility. During 2011, the Company amended its agreements for the Credit Facility and its United 
States dollar (“USD”) $300 million private placement notes to include certain relevant IFRS adjustments in computing the financial metrics that 
are used in calculating the Company’s financial covenants. These amendments largely served to neutralize the impact of IFRS on the 
covenant calculations as of the date of conversion. As at December 29, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all of its covenants.  

In December 2012, the Company filed a Short Form Base Shelf Prospectus (“Prospectus”), which expires in 2015, allowing for the potential 
issuance of up to $1.0 billion of unsecured debentures and/or preferred shares subject to the availability of funding in capital markets. The 
Company had filed a similar Prospectus in 2010 that expired in 2012.  

During 2012, the Company entered into agreements to cash collateralize certain of its uncommitted credit facilities up to an amount of $133 
million (2011 – $88 million), of which $97 million (2011 – $85 million) was deposited with major financial institutions and classified as security 
deposits as at December 29, 2012. 

The Company’s debt and preferred share instruments are rated by two independent credit rating agencies: Dominion Bond Rating Service 
(“DBRS”) and Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”). During the fourth quarter of 2012, DBRS and S&P reaffirmed the Company’s credit ratings and trend 
and outlook, respectively, following the Company’s announcement of its intention to create a REIT. These ratings organizations base their 
forward-looking credit ratings on both quantitative and qualitative considerations. 

The following table sets out the current credit ratings of the Company: 

Credit Ratings (Canadian Standards) 
Medium term notes 
Preferred shares 
Other notes and debentures 

Dominion Bond Rating Service 
Credit Rating 
BBB 
Pfd-3 
BBB 

Trend 
Stable 
Stable 
Stable 

Standard & Poor's 

Credit Rating 
BBB 
P-3 (high) 
BBB 

Outlook 
Stable 
Stable 
Stable 

Independent Securitization Trusts The Company, through PC Bank, participates in various securitization programs that provide the primary 
source of funds for the operation of its credit card business. PC Bank sells credit card receivables to these Independent Securitization Trusts, 
including Eagle and Other Independent Securitization Trusts, from time to time depending on PC Bank’s financing requirements. During 2012, 
PC Bank amended and extended the maturity date for two of its independent securitization trust agreements from the third quarter of 2013 to the 
second quarter of 2015, with all other terms and conditions remaining substantially the same. 

The Company has arranged letters of credit on behalf of PC Bank, representing 9% (2011 – 9%) of the outstanding securitized liability for 
the benefit of the Other Independent Securitization Trusts in the amount of $81 million (2011 – $81 million). In the event of a major decline in 
the income flow from or in the value of the securitized credit card receivables, the Other Independent Securitization Trusts can draw upon 
these letters of credit to recover up to a maximum of the amount outstanding on the letters of credit. Under its securitization programs, PC 
Bank is required to maintain at all times a credit card receivable pool balance equal to a minimum of 107% of the outstanding securitized 
liability and was in compliance with this requirement throughout the year. 

Guaranteed Investment Certificates In addition to participating in various securitization programs to fund its operations, PC Bank also 
obtains short term and long term financing through its GIC Program. During 2012, PC Bank sold $76 million (2011 – $264 million) in GICs 
through independent brokers. In addition, during 2012, $49 million (2011 – $6 million) of GICs matured and were repaid. As at December 29, 
2012, $303 million (December 31, 2011 – $276 million) in GICs were recorded in long term debt, of which $36 million (December 31, 2011 – 
$46 million) were recorded as long term debt due within one year.  

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Independent Funding Trusts Certain independent franchisees of the Company obtain financing through a structure involving independent 
funding trusts, which were created to provide loans to the independent franchisees to facilitate their purchase of inventory and fixed assets, 
consisting mainly of fixtures and equipment. These independent funding trusts are administered by a major financial institution. During 2012, 
the Company amended and increased the size of the revolving committed credit facility that is the source of funding to the independent 
funding trust from $475 million to $575 million. Other terms and conditions remain substantially the same. This facility bears interest at 
variable rates and expires in 2014. As at December 29, 2012, the independent funding trust had drawn $459 million (December 31, 2011 – 
$424 million) from this committed credit facility. 

The Company provides credit enhancement in the form of a standby letter of credit for the benefit of the independent funding trusts 
representing not less than 10% (2011 – 10%) of the principal amount of the loans outstanding. As at December 29, 2012, the Company had 
provided a letter of credit in the amount of $48 million (December 31, 2011 – $48 million). The credit enhancement allows the independent 
funding trusts to provide financing to the Company’s independent franchisees. As well, each franchisee provides security to the independent 
funding trusts for its obligations by way of a general security agreement. In the event that an independent franchisee defaults on its loan and 
the Company has not, within a specified time period, assumed the loan, or the default is not otherwise remedied, the independent funding 
trusts would assign the loan to the Company and draw upon this standby letter of credit. This standby letter of credit has never been drawn 
upon. The Company has agreed to reimburse the issuing bank for any amount drawn on the standby letter of credit. 

7.3 Capital Structure 

First Preferred Shares 1.0 million non-voting First Preferred Shares are authorized, none of which were issued and outstanding at year end. 

Capital Securities 12.0 million non-voting Second Preferred Shares, Series A, are authorized, 9.0 million of which were outstanding at year 
end. These preferred shares are classified as capital securities and included in long term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. 

Common Share Capital An unlimited number of common shares are authorized, 281,680,157 of which were outstanding at year end.  

At year end, a total of 12,538,928 stock options were outstanding, representing 4.5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding common 
shares. Each stock option is exercisable into one common share of the Company at the price specified in the terms of the option agreement.  

At the Company’s Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders on May 3, 2012, the shareholders approved an amendment to the 
Company’s employee stock option plan that increased the total number of common shares authorized for issuance under the plan by 
14,428,484 to 28,137,162 common shares. This amendment increased the Company’s number of common shares authorized for issuance 
under the stock option plan from 5% to 10% of the total issued and outstanding common shares. 

Dividends  

The amount of cash dividends declared in 2012 and 2011 is as follows: 

For the periods ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 

2012 

2011 

Dividends declared per share ($): 

Common share 
Second Preferred Share, Series A 

$          0.85 
$          1.49 

$          0.84 
$          1.49 

14     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
During 2012, the Company amended its dividend policy to state: the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common 
shares and the amount thereof are at the discretion of the Board of Directors (“Board”), which takes into account the Company’s financial 
results, capital requirements, available cash flow, future prospects of the Company’s business and other factors considered relevant from 
time to time. Over the long term, it is the Company’s intention to increase the amount of the dividend while retaining appropriate free cash 
flow to finance future growth. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Board raised the quarterly dividend by approximately 4.8%, to $0.22 per 
common share. 

Subsequent to the end of the year, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.22 per common share payable April 1, 2013 and a quarterly 
dividend of $0.37 per Second Preferred Share, Series A payable April 30, 2013. At the time dividends are declared, the Company identifies on its 
website (loblaw.ca) the designation of eligible and ineligible dividends in accordance with the administrative position of the Canada Revenue 
Agency. 

Normal Course Issuer Bid During 2012, the Company renewed its Normal Course Issuer Bid (“NCIB”) to purchase on the Toronto Stock 
Exchange (“TSX”), or to enter into equity derivatives to purchase, up to 14,070,352 (2011 – 14,096,437) of the Company’s common shares, 
representing approximately 5% of the common shares outstanding. In accordance with the rules and by-laws of the TSX, any purchases must 
be at the then market prices of such shares. During 2012, the Company purchased for cancellation 423,705 (2011 – 1,021,986) common 
shares under the NCIB, resulting in a charge to retained earnings of $14 million (2011 – $33 million) for the premium on the common shares 
and a reduction in common share capital of $2 million (2011 – $6 million). The Company intends to renew its NCIB in 2013.  

7.4 Financial Derivative Instruments 

Cross Currency Swaps As at December 29, 2012, Glenhuron Bank Limited (“Glenhuron”) held cross currency swaps to exchange USD for 
$1,199 million (December 31, 2011 – $1,252 million) Canadian dollars. The swaps mature by 2019 and are financial derivatives classified as 
fair value through profit or loss. Currency adjustments receivable or payable arising from these swaps are settled in cash on maturity. As at 
December 29, 2012, a cumulative unrealized foreign currency exchange rate receivable of $93 million (December 31, 2011 – $89 million) was 
recorded in other assets, and a receivable of $20 million (December 31, 2011 – $48 million) was recorded in prepaid expenses and other 
assets. During 2012, a fair value gain of $25 million (2011 – loss of $29 million) was recognized in operating income relating to these cross 
currency swaps. Offsetting the fair value gain was a loss of $27 million (2011 – gain of $25 million) as a result of translating USD $1,113 
million (December 31, 2011 – USD $1,073 million) cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits, which was also 
recognized in operating income. 

In 2008, the Company entered into fixed cross currency swaps to exchange $148 million Canadian dollars for USD $150 million, which mature 
in the second quarter of 2013 and entered into additional fixed cross currency swaps to exchange $148 million Canadian dollars for USD $150 
million, which mature by 2015. A portion of these cross currency swaps was originally designated in a cash flow hedge to manage the foreign 
exchange variability related to part of the Company’s fixed rate US Private Placement (“USPP”) notes. In 2011, the designated swap was no 
longer classified as a cash flow hedge and as a result, fair value changes were recorded in operating income. As at December 29, 2012, a 
cumulative unrealized foreign currency exchange rate receivable of $5 million (December 31, 2011 – $14 million) was recorded in other assets 
and a receivable of $2 million (December 31, 2011 – nil) was recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets. During 2012, the Company 
recognized in operating income an unrealized fair value loss of $7 million (2011 – gain of $2 million) on these cross currency swaps. Offsetting 
the unrealized fair value loss was an unrealized foreign currency exchange gain of $6 million (2011 – loss of $6 million), which was also 
recognized in operating income, related to the translation of USD $300 million USPP.  

Interest Rate Swaps The Company maintains a notional $150 million (2011 − $150 million) in interest rate swaps that mature by the third 
quarter of 2013, on which it pays a fixed rate of 8.38%. At December 29, 2012, the fair value of these interest rate swaps of $5 million 
(December 31, 2011 – $16 million) was recorded in other liabilities. During 2012, the Company recognized a fair value gain of $11 million 
(2011 – gain of $8 million) in operating income related to these swaps. 

Interest rate swaps previously held by Glenhuron converted a notional $200 million of floating rate cash and cash equivalents, short term 
investments and security deposits to average fixed rate investments at 4.74%. These interest rate swaps matured in 2011. During 2012, no 
fair value loss (2011 – $7 million) was recognized on these interest rate swaps in operating income. 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Equity Forward Contracts As at December 29, 2012, Glenhuron had cumulative equity forward contracts to buy 1.1 million (December 31, 
2011 – 1.1 million) of the Company’s common shares at an average forward price of $56.59 (December 31, 2011 – $56.38) including $0.16 
interest expense (December 31, 2011 – $0.05 interest income) per common share. In 2012, Glenhuron recognized a $5 million gain (2011 – 
$2 million expense) in operating income in relation to these equity forwards. In addition, during 2011 Glenhuron paid $7 million to settle equity 
forwards representing 390,100 Loblaw common shares, which the Company purchased for cancellation for $15 million under its NCIB.  

As at December 29, 2012, the cumulative accrued interest and unrealized market loss of $16 million (December 31, 2011 – loss of $20 million) 
was included in trade payables and other liabilities. Subsequent to the end of 2012, these equity forwards were settled. Please refer to Section 
8. Other Business Matters for further details. 

7.5 Contractual Obligations  

The following illustrates certain of the Company’s significant contractual obligations and discusses other obligations as at December 29, 2012: 

Summary of Contractual Obligations 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Long term debt (including fixed interest 

payments(1)) 
Operating leases(2) 
Contracts for purchases of  

Real property and Capital 
Investment projects(3) 

Purchase obligations(4) 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

Thereafter 

Total 

Payments due by year 

$     973 
202 

$    1,237 
185 

$      777   
162 

$     640 
132 

$     284 
108 

$     5,925 
442 

$     9,836 
1,231 

57 
142 

1 
107 

1 
73 

1 
25 

 – 
24 

– 
– 

60 
371 

Total contractual obligations 

$  1,374 

$    1,530 

$   1,013 

$     798 

 $     416 

$     6,367 

$   11,498 

(1)  Fixed interest payments are based on the maturing face values and annual interest for each instrument, including GICs, long term independent securitization trusts and an 

independent funding trust, as well as annual payment obligations for Special Purpose Entities, mortgages and finance lease obligations. 

(2)  Represents the minimum or base rents payable. Amounts are not offset by any expected sub-lease income. 
(3)  These obligations include agreements for the purchase of real property and capital commitments for construction, expansion and renovation of buildings. These agreements 

(4) 

may contain conditions that may or may not be satisfied. If the conditions are not satisfied, it is possible the Company will no longer have the obligation to proceed with the 
underlying transactions.  
Include contractual obligations to purchase goods or services of a material amount where the contract prescribes fixed or minimum volumes to be purchased or payments to 
be made within a fixed period of time for a set or variable price. These are only estimates of anticipated financial commitments under these arrangements and the amount of 
actual payments will vary. These purchase obligations do not include purchase orders issued or agreements made in the ordinary course of business which are solely for 
goods which are meant for resale, nor do they include any contracts which may be terminated on relatively short notice or with relatively insignificant cost or liability to the 
Company. 

At year end, the Company had additional long term liabilities which included defined benefit plan and other long term employee benefit plan 
liabilities, deferred vendor allowances, share-based compensation liabilities and provisions, including insurance liabilities. These long term 
liabilities have not been included above as the timing and amount of future payments are uncertain. 

7.6 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into off-balance sheet arrangements including: 

Letters of Credit Standby and documentary letters of credit are used in connection with certain obligations mainly related to real estate 
transactions, benefit programs, purchase orders and performance guarantees, securitization of PC Bank’s credit card receivables and third 
party financing made available to the Company’s independent franchisees. The aggregate gross potential liability related to the Company’s 
letters of credit is approximately $477 million (2011 – $443 million). 

16     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Guarantees In addition to the letters of credit mentioned above, the Company has entered into various guarantee agreements including 
obligations to indemnify third parties in connection with leases, business dispositions and other transactions in the normal course of the 
Company’s business. Additionally, the Company has provided a guarantee on behalf of PC Bank to MasterCard® International Incorporated 
in the amount of USD $230 million (2011 – USD $180 million) for accepting PC Bank as a card member and licensee of MasterCard®. 

8. Other Business Matters 

IT and Other Systems Implementations The Company is undertaking a major upgrade of its IT infrastructure that began in 2010. This project 
constitutes one of the largest technology infrastructure programs ever implemented by the Company and is fundamental to its long term growth 
strategies. During 2012, the Company continued to make progress on the implementation of the new IT system and successfully achieved two of 
its key milestones – the implementation at the first distribution centre and first store, with little to no impact to the Company’s customers. In 
addition, in 2012, as part of the implementation process, the Company added all of the supply chain master data to the system. This master 
data, including delivery schedules, replenishment and costing information, now originates in the new system. In 2013, the Company will roll-out 
the IT system to the remaining distribution centres and a portion of the store network. 

Real Estate Investment Trust In December 2012, the Company announced its intention to create a REIT, which will acquire a significant portion 
of Loblaw’s real estate assets and sell units by way of an IPO. The IPO of the REIT is expected to be completed by mid-2013, subject to 
prevailing market conditions and receipt of required regulatory approvals, including approval to list the units on the TSX. 

Restricted Share Unit and Performance Share Unit Plans Subsequent to the end of the year, the Company’s Restricted Share Unit (“RSU”) 
and Performance Share Unit (“PSU”) plans were amended to require settlement in equity. A trust has been established to facilitate the purchase 
of shares for future settlement for each of the RSU and PSU plans upon vesting. These trusts will be consolidated into the results of the 
Company on an ongoing basis. On January 7, 2013, Glenhuron paid $16 million to settle the remaining equity forwards representing 1,103,500 
Loblaw common shares, which the Company purchased under its NCIB for $46 million, and placed them into the trusts. 

Pension Plan Changes Subsequent to the end of the year, the Company announced changes to certain of its defined benefit pension and 
post-employment benefits plans impacting certain employees retiring after January 1, 2015. These changes are expected to result in a one-
time gain of approximately $51 million, which will be recorded in the first quarter of 2013. 

9. Quarterly Results of Operations 

9.1 Results by Quarter 

Under an accounting convention common in the food retail industry the Company follows a 52-week reporting cycle which periodically 
necessitates a fiscal year of 53 weeks. The 52-week reporting cycle is divided into four quarters of 12 weeks each except for the third quarter, 
which is 16 weeks in duration. The following is a summary of selected consolidated financial information derived from the Company’s unaudited 
interim period condensed consolidated financial statements for each of the eight most recently completed quarters.  

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Summary of Consolidated Quarterly Results 

(millions of Canadian dollars except where 

  otherwise indicated) (unaudited) 

First 
Quarter 

Third 
Second 
Quarter  Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

2012 

Total 
(audited) 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

2011 

Total 
(audited) 

(12 weeks) 

(12 weeks) 

(16 weeks) 

(12 weeks) 

(52 weeks) 

    (12 weeks) 

(12 weeks) 

(16 weeks) 

(12 weeks) 

(52 weeks) 

Revenue 

Net earnings  

$ 6,937  $ 7,375  $ 9,827   $ 7,465 

$ 31,604  $ 6,872  $ 7,278  $ 9,727   $ 7,373  $ 31,250 

126 

159 

222  

143 

650 

162 

197 

236  

174 

769 

Net earnings per common share 
     Basic ($) 

     Diluted ($)        
Average national food price 

$   0.45  $   0.57  $   0.79  $   0.51 

$     2.31  $   0.58  $   0.70  $   0.84  $   0.62  $     2.73 

 $   0.45  $   0.56  $   0.77   $   0.48 

$     2.28 

 $   0.56  $   0.69  $   0.83   $   0.60  $     2.71 

inflation (as measured by CPI)  

3.7% 

2.5% 

1.8% 

1.5% 

2.3% 

2.5% 

4.0% 

4.9% 

5.2% 

4.2% 

Retail same-store sales(1) 
(decline) growth  

(0.7%) 

0.2% 

(0.2%) 

0.0% 

(0.2%) 

(0.1%) 

(0.4%) 

1.3% 

2.5% 

0.9% 

The Company’s average quarterly internal retail food price inflation for 2011 and 2012 remained lower than the average quarterly national food 
price inflation as measured by CPI. CPI does not necessarily reflect the effect of inflation on the specific mix of goods sold in Loblaw stores.  

In the last eight quarters, net retail square footage increased by 0.8 million square feet, to 51.5 million square feet.  

Fluctuations in quarterly net earnings during 2012 reflect the underlying operations of the Company and are impacted by seasonality and the 
timing of holidays and were impacted by the following significant items: 

  Costs associated with reducing head office and administrative positions;  
 
  Costs related to the transition of certain Ontario conventional stores to the more cost effective and efficient operating terms of collective 

Incremental costs related to investments in IT and supply chain;  

agreements ratified in 2010; 
The impact of share-based compensation net of equity forwards; 
Fixed asset impairment charges and recoveries and other related charges; 

 
 
  Start-up costs associated with the launch of the Joe Fresh brand in the United States incurred in the fourth quarter of 2011; 
  Costs related to certain prior years’ commodity tax matters incurred in the second quarter of 2011; 
  Costs associated with the re-alignment of the Retail segment into a two division structure – conventional and discount, incurred in the 

first quarter of 2011; and 

  A gain recognized related to the sale of a portion of a property in North Vancouver, British Columbia in the third quarter of 2011. 

(1)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 

18     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.2 Fourth Quarter Results 

The following is a summary of selected consolidated unaudited financial information for the fourth quarter of 2012.  

Selected Consolidated Information for the Fourth Quarter 

For the periods ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011  
(unaudited) 

2012 

2011 

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

(12 weeks) 

(12 weeks) 

$ Change 

% Change 

Revenue 
Operating income  
Interest expense and other financing charges 
Income taxes 
Net earnings  

Basic net earnings per common share ($) 
Operating margin(1) 
EBITDA(2) 
EBITDA margin(2) 
Cash flows from (used in): 
Operating activities 
Investing activities 
Financing activities 

Dividends declared per common share ($) 

Dividends declared on Second Preferred Share, Series A ($) 

$      7,465 
262 
80 
39 
143 

$      7,373 
315 
81 
60 
174 

0.51 
3.5% 
449 
6.0% 

605 
(223) 
(54) 

0.22 

0.37 

0.62 
4.3% 
485 
6.6% 

620 
(414) 
(226) 

0.21 

0.37 

$         92 
(53) 
(1) 
(21) 
(31) 

(0.11) 

1.2% 
(16.8%) 
(1.2%) 
(35.0%) 
(17.8%) 

(17.7%) 

(36) 

(7.4%) 

(15) 
191 
172 

0.01 

– 

(2.4%) 
46.1% 
76.1% 

4.8% 

– 

During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company announced a plan that reduced the number of head office and administrative positions. Focused 
primarily on management and office positions, the plan affected approximately 700 jobs. In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company incurred a 
$61 million charge associated with this restructuring. 

During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company incurred a $15 million charge related to its incremental investment in its customer proposition 
that was not covered by operations. Of this amount, $10 million was in shrink, which was included in gross profit, and $5 million was in 
labour. 

The $92 million increase in revenue compared to the fourth quarter of 2011 was driven by increases in both the Company’s Retail and Financial 
Services operating segments, as described below.  

(1)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 
(2)  See Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 37. 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Operating income decreased by $53 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2011 as a result of a decrease in Retail operating income of 
$69 million partially offset by an increase in Financial Services operating income of $16 million. Consolidated operating income included the 
following notable items: 

  A $61 million charge associated with the reduction in head office and administrative positions;  
 

Incremental costs of $19 million related to investments in IT and supply chain. These costs included the following charges: 

o 
o 
o 
o 

$79 million (2011 – $67 million) related to IT costs; 
$53 million (2011 – $43 million) related to depreciation and amortization; 
$2 million (2011 – nil) related to changes in the distribution network; and 
$2 million (2011 – $7 million) related to other supply chain project costs. 

  A $17 million charge (2011 – $5 million) for fixed asset impairments net of recoveries, related to asset carrying values in excess of 

recoverable amounts for specific retail locations;  

  A $5 million charge (2011 – $23 million) related to the transition of certain Ontario conventional stores to the more cost effective and 

efficient operating terms of collective agreements ratified in 2010;  

  A $2 million charge (2011 – $4 million) related to the effect of share-based compensation net of equity forwards; and 
  A nil charge (2011 – $16 million) related to start-up costs associated with the launch of the Company’s Joe Fresh brand in the United 

States. 

Operating margin(1) was 3.5%, or 4.3% excluding the charge for restructuring, for the fourth quarter of 2012, compared to 4.3% in the same 
quarter in 2011. 

EBITDA(2) decreased by $36 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, including the $61 million charge for restructuring, compared to 2011. 
EBITDA margin(2) was 6.0%, or 6.8% excluding the charge for restructuring, compared to 6.6% in the fourth quarter of 2011. 

In the fourth quarter of 2012, net interest expense and other financing charges was consistent with the fourth quarter of 2011. 

The income tax expense for the fourth quarter 2012 was $39 million (2011 – $60 million). The effective income tax rate for the fourth quarter 
of 2012 was 21.4% (2011 – 25.6%). This decrease was primarily due to further reductions in the Federal and Ontario statutory income tax 
rates and a change in the proportion of taxable income earned across different tax jurisdictions.  

The decrease in net earnings of $31 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2011 was primarily due to the decrease in operating income, 
partially offset by the decline in the effective income tax rate. 

Basic net earnings per common share were impacted by the following notable items: 

  A $0.16 charge related to the reduction in head office and administrative positions; 
  A $0.05 charge related to incremental investments in IT and supply chain; 
  A $0.05 charge (2011 – $0.01) for fixed asset impairments net of recoveries;  
  A $0.01 charge (2011 – $0.06) related to the transition of certain Ontario conventional stores to the operating terms under collective 

agreements ratified in 2010; 

  A nil charge (2011 – $0.01) related to the effect of share-based compensation net of equity forwards; and 
  A nil charge (2011 – $0.04) related to the start-up costs associated with the launch of the Company’s Joe Fresh brand in the United 

States. 

(1)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 
(2)  See Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 37. 

20     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities for the fourth quarter of 2012 of $605 million, decreased by $15 million compared to $620 million in 
2011. Cash flows from operating activities for the fourth quarter of 2012 included EBITDA(1) of $449 million and a change in non-cash 
working capital of $431 million, partially offset by a change in credit card receivables of $232 million. The decrease in cash flows from 
operations was primarily due to a decrease in EBITDA(1) in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared to 2011 and an increase in the investment in 
credit card receivables, partially offset by a reduction in the investment in non-cash working capital. 

Cash flows used in investing activities in the fourth quarter of 2012 of $223 million, decreased $191 million compared to $414 million in the 
fourth quarter of 2011. The decrease in cash flows used was primarily driven by change in security deposits, including $97 million of cash 
collateralized for letter of credit facilities, an increase in short term investments and higher proceeds from fixed asset sales. 

Cash flows used in financing activities in the fourth quarter of 2012 of $54 million, decreased by $172 million compared to $226 million in the 
same period in 2011. The decrease in cash flows used in financing activities was primarily due to higher net issuances of long term debt and 
fewer cash dividends paid. 

Retail Segment Fourth Quarter Results of Operations 

For the periods ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 

(unaudited)  

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

                  2012 
(12 weeks) 

                    2011 
(12 weeks) 

Sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Same-store sales(2) growth 
Gross profit percentage 
Operating margin(1) 

$    7,289 
1,575 
228 
0.0% 
21.6% 
3.1% 

$    7,226 
1,569 
297 
2.5% 
21.7% 
4.1% 

$ Change 

% Change 

$      63 
6 
(69) 

0.9% 
0.4% 
(23.2%) 

In the fourth quarter of 2012, the increase of $63 million in Retail sales over the same period in the prior year was impacted by the following 
factors: 

  Same-store sales(2) were flat (2011 – growth of 2.5%), with an extra day of store operations having a positive impact on 2011 same-store 

sales(2) estimated to be between 0.8% and 1.0%; 
  Sales growth in both food and drugstore were modest; 
  Sales growth in gas bar was moderate; 
  Sales in general merchandise, excluding apparel, declined moderately; 
  Sales in apparel were flat;  
 

The Company’s average quarterly internal food price index was flat during the fourth quarter of 2012 (2011 – moderate inflation), which 
was lower than the average quarterly national food price inflation of 1.5% (2011 – 5.2%) as measured by CPI. CPI does not necessarily 
reflect the effect of inflation on the specific mix of goods sold in Loblaw stores; and 
18 corporate and franchise stores were opened and 11 corporate and franchise stores were closed in the last 12 months, resulting in a 
net increase of 0.3 million square feet, or 0.6%. 

 

In the fourth quarter of 2012, gross profit percentage was 21.6%, a decrease from 21.7% in the fourth quarter of 2011. This decline was 
primarily driven by investments in food margins and increased shrink, partially offset by margin improvements in drugstore and general 
merchandise and decreased transportation costs. Gross profit increased by $6 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2011, primarily driven 
by higher sales, partially offset by investments in gross profit percentage. Increased shrink expense included an estimated $10 million of the 
incremental investment in the Company’s customer proposition related to improved assortment in stores that was not covered by operations. 

(1)  See Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 37. 
(2)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103.  

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Operating income decreased by $69 million, including the $61 million charge for restructuring, compared to the fourth quarter of 2011 and 
operating margin(1) was 3.1%, or 4.0% excluding the restructuring charge, for the fourth quarter of 2012 compared to 4.1% in the same period 
in 2011. In addition to the notable items described in the Consolidated Results of Operations above, operating income and operating margin(1) 
were negatively impacted by foreign exchange losses and increased labour costs, partially offset by other operating cost efficiencies and an 
increase in gross profit. Increased labour costs included an estimated $5 million of the incremental investment in the Company’s customer 
proposition related to improved service in the stores that was not covered by operations. 

Financial Services Segment Fourth Quarter Results of Operation 

For the periods ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 

(unaudited)  

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

Revenue 
Operating income 
Earnings before income taxes 

                     2012 
(12 weeks) 

                   2011 
(12 weeks) 

$ Change 

% Change 

$      176   
34 
23 

$      147   
18 
7 

$        29 
16 
16 

19.7% 
88.9% 
228.6% 

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

Average quarterly net credit card receivables 
Credit card receivables 
Allowance for credit card receivables 
Annualized yield on average quarterly gross credit card 

receivables(1) 

Annualized credit loss rate on average quarterly gross credit 

card receivables(1) 

As at 
December 29, 2012 
$   2,105 
2,305 
43 

12.8% 

4.3% 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

$   1,974 
2,101 
37 

12.5% 

4.2% 

$ Change 

$      131 
204 
6 

% Change 

6.6% 
9.7% 
16.2% 

The 19.7% increase in revenue over the fourth quarter of 2011 was driven by higher PC Telecom revenues resulting from the 2011 launch of 
Mobile Shop kiosks and higher interest income and interchange fee income as a result of higher credit card transaction values and 
increased credit card receivable balances. 

The increases of $16 million in operating income and in earnings before income taxes compared to the fourth quarter of 2011 were mainly 
attributable to the higher revenue described above and lower costs related to the renegotiation of vendor contracts. This was partially offset 
by investments in the launch of PC Telecom’s Mobile Shop kiosks and an increased allowance for credit card receivables as a result of 
quarterly growth in the credit card receivables program. 

10. Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining a system of disclosure controls and procedures to provide reasonable 
assurance that all material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is gathered and reported to senior management on a 
timely basis so that appropriate decisions can be made regarding public disclosure.  

As required by National Instrument 52-109 (Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings), the Executive Chairman, as Chief 
Executive Officer, and the Chief Financial Officer have caused the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures to be evaluated. 
Based on that evaluation, they have concluded that the design and operation of the system of disclosure controls and procedures were effective 
as at December 29, 2012. 

(1)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 

22     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with IFRS.  

As required by National Instrument 52-109 (Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings), the Executive Chairman, as Chief 
Executive Officer, and the Chief Financial Officer have caused the effectiveness of the internal controls over financial reporting to be evaluated 
using the framework established in ‘Internal Control – Integrated Framework (COSO Framework)’ published by The Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that evaluation, they have concluded that the design and operation of the 
Company’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective as at December 29, 2012.  

It should be recognized that due to inherent limitations, any controls, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable 
assurance of achieving the desired control objectives and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluations of 
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree 
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Additionally, management is required to use judgment in evaluating controls and 
procedures.  

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting The Company successfully implemented the IT system in the fourth quarter of 
2012 at one distribution centre and at one store. These implementations resulted in changes to the Company’s internal controls over 
financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2012 impacting the store, the distribution centre and a significant number of legacy corporate, 
franchise, and affiliate stores that the distribution centre services. The changes in controls have materially affected the Company’s internal 
controls over financial reporting impacting the following key areas: (1) Accounts Payable, (2) Cash Management, (3) Order Processing and 
Billing, (4) Vendor Income, (5) Costing, (6) Inventory Management and Valuation and (7) Credit Management. 

Except for the preceding changes, there were no other changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the fourth 
quarter of 2012 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

12. Enterprise Risks and Risk Management 

The Company is committed to establishing a framework that ensures risk management is an integral part of its activities. To ensure the 
continued growth and success of the Company, risks are identified and managed through an Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) program. 
The Board has approved an ERM policy and oversees the ERM program through approval of the Company’s risks and risk prioritization. The 
ERM program assists all areas of the business in managing appropriate levels of risk tolerance by bringing a systematic approach, methodology 
and tools for evaluating, measuring and monitoring key risks. The results of the ERM program and other business planning processes are used 
to identify emerging risks to the Company, prioritize risk management activities and develop a risk-based internal audit plan.  

Risks are not eliminated through the ERM program. Risks are identified and managed within understood risk tolerances. The ERM program is 
designed to: 

 
 

 
 

promote a culture of awareness of risk management and compliance within the Company; 
facilitate corporate governance by providing a consolidated view of risks across the Company and insight into the methodologies for 
identification, assessment, measurement and monitoring of the risks; 
assist in developing consistent risk management methodologies and tools across the organization; and 
enable the Company to focus on its key risks in the business planning process and reduce harm to financial performance through 
responsible risk management. 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Risk identification and assessments are important elements of the Company’s ERM framework. An annual ERM assessment is completed to 
assist in the update and identification of internal and external risks, which are both strategic and operational in nature. Key risks affecting the 
Company are prioritized under five categories: financial, operational, regulatory, human capital and reputational risks. The annual ERM 
assessment is carried out through interviews, surveys and facilitated workshops with management and the Board. Risks are assessed and 
evaluated based on the Company’s vulnerability to the risk and the potential impact that the underlying risks would have on the Company’s 
ability to execute its strategies and achieve its objectives. Risk owners are assigned relevant risks and key risk indicators are developed. 
Management provides a semi-annual update to a Committee of the Board on the status of the top risks based on significant changes from 
the prior update, anticipated impacts in future quarters and significant changes in key risk indicators. In addition, the long term (3-5 year) risk 
level is assessed to monitor potential long term risk impacts, which may assist in risk mitigation planning activities. Accountability for 
oversight of the management of each risk is allocated by the Board either to the full Board or to a Committee of the Board.  

The operating, financial, regulatory, human capital and reputational risks and risk management strategies are discussed below. Any of these 
risks has the potential to negatively affect the Company and its financial performance. The Company has risk management strategies, including 
insurance programs, that are intended to mitigate the potential impact of these risks. However, these strategies do not guarantee that the 
associated risks will be mitigated or will not materialize or that events or circumstances will not occur that could negatively affect the Company’s 
financial condition or performance. 

12.1 Operating Risks and Risk Management 

The following is a summary of the Company’s operating risks which are discussed in detail below: 

Systems Implementations  
Information Integrity and Reliability 
Availability, Access and Security of Information Technology  
Change Management and Process Execution 
Food Safety and Public Health 
Competitive Environment 
Economic Environment 
Merchandising 
Distribution and Supply Chain 
Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity 
Real Estate Investment Trust Initial Public Offering 

Discussion of Operating Risks and Risk Management Strategies 

Colleague Retention and Succession Planning 
Labour Relations 
Regulatory and Tax 
Privacy and Information Security 
Franchisee Independence and Relationships 
Inventory Management 
Vendor Management and Third Party Service Providers 
Environmental 
Trademark and Brand Protection 
Defined Benefit Pension Plans 
Multi-Employer Pension Plans 

Systems Implementations The Company continues to undertake a major upgrade of its IT infrastructure. Completing the IT system deployment 
will require continued focus and investment. Failure to successfully migrate from legacy systems to the IT system or disruption in the Company’s 
current IT systems during the implementation of the new IT systems, could result in a lack of accurate data to enable management to effectively 
achieve its strategic plan or manage the day-to-day operations of the business, causing significant disruptions to the business and potential 
financial losses. Failure to implement appropriate processes to support the IT system could result in inefficiencies and duplication in processes 
and could negatively affect the reputation, operations, revenues and financial performance of the Company. 

Information Integrity and Reliability Management depends on relevant, reliable and accessible information for decision making purposes, 
including key performance indicators and financial reporting. Lack of relevant, reliable and accessible information that enables management to 
effectively manage the business could preclude the Company from optimizing its overall performance. Any significant loss of data or failure to 
maintain reliable data could negatively affect the reputation, operations and financial performance of the Company.  

24     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Availability, Access and Security of Information Technology The Company is reliant on the continuous and uninterrupted operations of 
information technology systems. Point of sale availability, 24/7 user access and security of all IT systems are critical elements to the 
operations of the Company. Any IT failure pertaining to availability, access or system security could result in disruption for the customer, lost 
revenue and could negatively impact the Company's operations, reputation or financial performance.  

Change Management and Process Execution Significant initiatives within the Company, including the execution of the IT infrastructure 
plan, are underway. Ineffective change management could result in disruptions to the operations of the business or affect the ability of the 
Company to implement and achieve its long term strategic objectives. Failure to properly integrate several large, complex initiatives in a 
timely manner will adversely impact the operations of the Company. If colleagues are not able to develop and perform new roles, processes 
and disciplines, the Company could not achieve the expected cost savings and other benefits of its initiatives. Failure to properly execute the 
various processes will increase the risk of customer dissatisfaction, which in turn could negatively affect the reputation, operations and 
financial performance of the Company.  

Food Safety and Public Health The Company is subject to risks associated with food safety and general merchandise product defects. 
These risks could arise as part of the procurement, distribution, preparation or display of products, including the Company’s control brand 
products. The Company could be adversely affected in the event of a significant outbreak of food-borne illness or other public health concerns 
related to food products. The occurrence of such events or incidents could result in harm to the Company’s customers, negative publicity or 
damage to the Company’s brands and could lead to unforeseen liabilities from legal claims or otherwise. In addition, failure to trace or locate 
any contaminated or defective products could affect the Company’s ability to be effective in a recall situation. Any of these events, as well as 
the failure to maintain the cleanliness and health standards at store level, could negatively affect the reputation, operations and financial 
performance of the Company.  

The Company has an incident management process in place to manage such events, should they occur. The existence of these procedures 
does not mean that the Company will, in all circumstances, be able to mitigate the underlying risks, and any event related to these matters 
has the potential to negatively affect the reputation, operations and financial performance of the Company. 

Competitive Environment The retail industry in Canada is highly competitive. If the Company is ineffective in responding to consumer trends 
or in executing its strategic plans its financial performance could be negatively affected.  

The Company’s competitors include traditional supermarket operators, as well as mass merchandisers, warehouse clubs, drugstores, limited 
assortment stores, discount stores, convenience stores and specialty stores. Many of these competitors now offer a selection of food, drugstore 
and general merchandise. Others remain focused on supermarket-type merchandise. The Company is subject to competitive pressures from 
new entrants into the marketplace and from the expansion or renovation of existing competitors, particularly those expanding into the grocery 
market. The Company’s inability to effectively predict market activity or compete effectively with its current or future competitors could result in, 
among other things, reduced market share and lower pricing in response to its competitors’ pricing activities. Failure by the Company to sustain 
its competitive position could negatively affect the financial performance of the Company. 

Economic Environment Economic factors that impact consumer spending patterns could deteriorate or remain unpredictable due to global, 
national or regional economic volatility. These factors include high levels of unemployment and household debt, increased interest rates, 
inflation, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices and access to consumer credit. Any of these factors could negatively affect the 
Company’s revenue and margins. Inflationary trends are unpredictable and changes in the rate of inflation or deflation will affect consumer 
prices, which in turn could negatively affect the financial performance of the Company.  

Merchandising The Company could have goods and services that customers do not want or need, are not reflective of current trends in 
customers’ tastes, habits, or regional preferences, are priced at a level customers are not willing to pay or are late in reaching the market. 
Innovation is critical if the Company is to respond to customer demands and stay competitive in the marketplace. If merchandising efforts 
are not effective or responsive to customer demand, the operations and financial performance of the Company could be negatively affected. 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Distribution and Supply Chain Failure to continue to invest in and improve the Company’s supply chain could adversely affect the 
Company’s capacity to effectively and efficiently attract and retain current and potential customers. Any delay or disruption in the flow of goods 
to stores, could negatively affect the operations and financial performance of the Company.  

Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity The Company’s ability to continue critical operations and processes could be negatively 
impacted by adverse events resulting from various incidents, including severe weather, work stoppages, prolonged IT failure, power failures, 
border closures or a pandemic or other national or international catastrophe. The Company has an enterprise wide business continuity 
program, which reduces, but does not completely mitigate, the risk of business interruptions, crises or potential disasters, which could 
negatively affect the reputation, operations and financial performance of the Company. 

Real Estate Investment Trust Initial Public Offering On December 6, 2012, the Company announced its intention to create a REIT to acquire 
a significant portion of the Company’s real estate assets and for the REIT to sell trust units to the public by way of an IPO. The Company 
estimates that it will initially sell to the REIT real estate with a current market value exceeding $7 billion and it intends to retain a significant 
majority interest in the REIT. The Company expects the IPO to be completed in mid-2013. However, completion of the IPO and the purchase of 
certain of the Company’s real estate assets will be subject to prevailing market conditions and receipt of required regulatory approvals, including 
approval to list the trust units on the TSX. In addition, the execution and implementation of the REIT’s IPO will have a significant impact on the 
Company’s management and operations as a result of the time and attention required of management to complete the offering. Failure to 
properly execute and implement the REIT’s IPO could adversely affect the reputation, operations and financial performance of the Company. 

Colleague Retention and Succession Planning Effective succession planning for senior management and colleague retention are essential 
to sustaining the growth and success of the Company. In addition, loss of talent to the competition can be a significant risk to the Company’s 
business strategy. If the Company is not effective in establishing appropriate succession planning processes and retention strategies, it could 
lead to a lack of requisite knowledge, skills and experience on the part of management. This, in turn, could adversely affect the Company’s 
ability to execute its strategies, and negatively affect its reputation, operations and financial performance.  

Labour Relations A majority of the Company’s store level and distribution centre workforce is unionized. Failure to renegotiate collective 
agreements could result in work stoppages or slowdowns, which could negatively affect the Company’s financial performance, depending on 
their nature and duration. There can be no assurance as to the outcome of these negotiations or the timing of their completion. Although the 
Company attempts to mitigate work stoppages and disputes through early negotiations, work stoppages or slowdowns remain possible, which 
could negatively affect the reputation, operations and financial performance of the Company. 

Regulatory and Tax Changes to any of the laws, rules, regulations or policies applicable to the Company’s business, including income, 
commodity and other taxes, and the production, processing, preparation, distribution, packaging and labelling of products, could have an 
adverse impact on the Company’s financial or operational performance. New accounting pronouncements introduced by appropriate 
authoritative bodies could also impact the Company’s financial results. In the course of complying with such changes, the Company could 
incur significant costs. Changing regulations or enhanced enforcement of existing regulations could restrict the Company’s operations or 
profitability and thereby threaten the Company’s competitive position and capacity to efficiently conduct business. Failure by the Company to 
comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders and policies or comply with orders for records in a timely manner could subject it to 
civil or regulatory actions or proceedings, including fines, assessment, injunctions, recalls or seizures, which in turn could have an adverse 
effect on the Company’s financial results.  

PC Bank operates in a highly regulated environment and a failure by it to comply, understand, acknowledge and effectively respond to the 
regulators could result in monetary penalties, regulatory intervention and reputational damage.  

26     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company is subject to tax audits from various government and regulatory agencies on an ongoing basis. As a result, from time to time, 
taxing authorities may disagree with the positions and conclusions taken by the Company in its tax filings or legislation could be amended, 
which could lead to reassessments. These reassessments could have a material impact on the Company in future periods. During 2012, the 
Company received indication from the Canada Revenue Agency that it intends to proceed with a reassessment with regard to the tax treatment 
of Glenhuron. At this early stage, it is not possible to quantify the amount of the proposed reassessment. Although the Company does not 
expect the ultimate outcome to be material, such matters cannot be predicted with certainty and could result in a material charge for the 
Company in future periods.  

During 2012, the majority of provincial governments announced or enacted amendments to the regulation of generic prescription drug prices 
paid by provincial governments pursuant to public drug benefit plans. Subsequent to the end of the year, all provinces and territories, with the 
exception of Quebec, announced that reimbursement rates on six common generic prescription drugs would be significantly reduced. All 
provinces have now announced various forms of amendments to regulation of generic drug pricing. Under these amendments, the prices paid 
by the provincial drug plans for generic drugs are being reduced. The amendments also reduce out-of-pocket and private employer drug plan 
payments for generic drugs. The amendments impact pharmacy sales and therefore could have an adverse effect on the financial 
performance of the Company. The Company continues to identify opportunities to mitigate the impact of these amendments, including the 
introduction of programs to add new services and enhance existing services to attract customers, but despite these efforts, the amendments 
could have an adverse effect on the financial performance of the Company.  

Privacy and Information Security The Company is subject to various laws regarding the protection of personal information of its customers, 
cardholders and colleagues and has adopted a Privacy Policy setting out guidelines for the handling of personal information. The Company’s 
information systems contain personal information of customers, cardholders and colleagues. Any failures or vulnerabilities in these security 
systems or non-compliance with regulations, including those in relation to personal information belonging to the Company’s customers and 
colleagues, could negatively affect the reputation, operations and financial performance of the Company.  

Franchisee Independence and Relationships A substantial portion of the Company’s revenues and earnings comes from amounts paid by 
franchisees. Franchisees are independent businesses and, as a result, their operations may be negatively affected by factors beyond the 
Company’s control which in turn could negatively affect the Company’s reputation, operations and financial performance. Revenues and 
earnings could also be negatively affected, and the Company’s reputation could be harmed, if a significant number of franchisees were to 
experience operational failures, health and safety exposures or were unable to pay the Company for products, rent or fees. The Company’s 
franchise system is also subject to franchise legislation enacted by a number of provinces. Any new legislation or failure to comply with 
existing legislation could negatively affect operations and could add administrative costs and burdens, any of which could affect the 
Company’s relationship with its franchisees. The Company provides various services to the franchisees to assist with management of store 
operations and dedicated personnel manage the Company’s obligations to its franchisees. Despite these efforts, relationships with franchisees 
could pose significant risks if they are disrupted, which could negatively affect the reputation, operations and financial performance of the 
Company. Supply chain or system changes by the Company could cause or be perceived to cause disruptions to franchise operations and 
could result in negative effects on franchisee financial performance. Reputational damage or adverse consequences for the Company, 
including litigation and disruption to revenue from franchise stores could result. 

Inventory Management Inappropriate inventory management could lead to excess inventory or a shortage of inventory, which may impact 
customer satisfaction and overall financial performance. The Company may experience excess inventory that cannot be sold profitably or 
which could increase levels of inventory shrink. The Company focuses on reducing inventory levels and early identification of inventory at risk 
and monitors demand, forecasting and the impact of customer trends. Despite these efforts, the Company could experience excess inventory 
that cannot be sold profitably, which could negatively affect the operations and financial performance of the Company.  

As part of its IT system upgrade implementation plan, the Company will be converting to a perpetual inventory system.  Through the 
conversion process, the Company will determine the value of its retail store inventories using weighted average cost.  As a result, valuation 
differences could arise which could negatively affect the carrying amount of the Company’s inventory.    

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Vendor Management and Third Party Service Providers The Company relies on vendors, including offshore vendors, that provide the 
Company with goods and services. Although contractual arrangements, sourcing guidelines, supplier audits and Corporate Social 
Responsibility guidelines are in place, the Company has no direct influence over how the vendors are managed. Negative events affecting any 
vendors or inefficient, ineffective or incomplete vendor management strategies, policies and/or procedures could adversely impact the 
Company’s ability to meet customer needs or control costs and quality, which could in turn negatively affect the reputation, operations and 
financial performance of the Company.  

The Company also uses third party suppliers, carriers, logistic service providers and operators of warehouses and distribution facilities, 
including the product development, design and sourcing of the Company’s control brand apparel products. Ineffective selection, contract terms 
or relationship management could impact the Company’s ability to source control brand products, to have products available for customers, to 
market to customers or to operate efficiently and effectively. The Company maintains a strategy of multiple sources for logistics providers so 
that in the event of a disruption of service from one supplier another supplier can be used. However, disruption in these services is possible, 
which could interrupt the delivery of merchandise to stores, thereby negatively affecting the operations and financial performance of the 
Company.  

President’s Choice Financial banking services are provided by a major Canadian chartered bank. PC Bank uses third party service providers 
to process credit card transactions, operate call centres and operationalize certain risk management strategies for the President’s Choice 
Financial MasterCard®. PC Bank and the Company actively manage and monitor their relationships with all third party service providers and 
PC Bank has an outsourcing risk policy and a vendor governance team that provides regular reports on vendor governance and annual 
vendor risk assessments. Despite these activities, a significant disruption in the services provided by the chartered bank or by third party 
service providers would negatively affect the financial performance of PC Bank and the Company. 

The Company relies on third parties for investment management, custody and other services for its cash equivalents, short term investments, 
security deposits and pension assets. Any disruption in the services provided by these suppliers could adversely affect the return on these 
assets or liquidity of the Company.  

Environmental The Company maintains a large portfolio of real estate and other facilities and is subject to environmental risks associated with 
the contamination of such properties and facilities, whether by previous owners or occupants, neighbouring properties or by the Company itself.  

The Company has a number of underground storage tanks, the majority of which are used for the retailing of automotive fuel or for its supply 
chain transport fleets. Contamination resulting from leaks from these tanks is possible. The Company also operates refrigeration equipment in 
its stores and distribution centres to preserve perishable products as it passes through the supply chain and ultimately into the hands of the 
consumer. These systems contain refrigerant gases which could be released if equipment fails or leaks. A release of these gases could have 
adverse effects on the environment.  

The Company is subject to legislation that imposes liabilities on retailers, brand owners and importers for costs associated with recycling and 
disposal of consumer goods packaging and printed materials distributed to consumers. There is a risk that the Company will be subject to 
increased costs associated with these laws. 

The Company has environmental management programs and has established assessment, compliance, monitoring and reporting policies and 
procedures aimed at ensuring compliance with applicable environmental legislative requirements and protecting the environment. Despite 
these mitigation activities, the Company could be subject to increased or unexpected costs associated with environmental incidents and the 
related remediation activities, including litigation and regulatory related costs, all of which could negatively affect the reputation and financial 
performance of the Company. 

Consumer trends are increasingly demanding that retailers sell products with less impact on the environment and that their operations 
demonstrate environmentally responsible practices. As set out in its annual Corporate Social Responsibility Report, the Company sets 
environmental goals and monitors its progress towards their achievement. If the Company fails to meet consumer demand in this area or 
otherwise fails to adequately address the environmental impact of its business practices, its reputation and financial performance could be 
negatively affected. 

28     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trademark and Brand Protection A decrease in value of the Company’s trademarks, banners or control brands, as a result of adverse 
events, changes to the branding strategies or otherwise, could negatively affect the reputation, operations and financial performance of the 
Company. 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans The Company manages the assets in its registered funded defined benefit pension plans by engaging 
professional investment managers who operate under prescribed investment policies and procedures in respect of permitted investments and 
asset allocations. Future contributions to the Company’s registered funded defined benefit pension plans are impacted by a number of 
variables, including the investment performance of the plans’ assets and the discount rate used to value the liabilities of the plans. The 
Company regularly monitors and assesses plan performance and the impact of changes in participant demographics, changes in capital 
markets and other economic factors that may impact funding requirements, net defined benefit costs and actuarial assumptions. If capital 
market returns are below assumed levels, or if the discount rates do not increase, the Company could be required to make contributions to its 
registered funded defined benefit pension plans in excess of those currently expected, which in turn could negatively affect the financial 
performance of the Company.  

Multi-Employer Pension Plans In addition to the Company-sponsored pension plans, the Company participates in various multi-employer 
pension plans, providing pension benefits to union employees pursuant to provisions of collective bargaining agreements. Approximately 40% 
(2011 – 39%) of employees of the Company and of its independent franchisees participate in these plans. The administration of these plans 
and the investment of their assets are controlled by a board of trustees generally consisting of an equal number of union and employer 
representatives. In some circumstances, the Company has a representative on the board of trustees of these multi-employer pension plans. 
The Company’s responsibility to make contributions to these plans is limited by the amounts established pursuant to its collective 
agreements; however, poor performance of these plans could have an adverse impact on the Company’s employees and former employees 
who are members of these plans or could result in changes to the terms and conditions of participation in these plans, which could have a 
negative impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. 

The Company, together with its independent franchisees, is the largest participating employer in the Canadian Commercial Workers Industry 
Pension Plan (“CCWIPP”), with approximately 54,000 (2011 – 53,000) employees as members. In 2012, the Company contributed $52 
million (2011 – $49 million) to CCWIPP. At the end of 2012 and 2011, the CCWIPP actuarial accrued benefit obligations greatly exceeded the 
value of the assets held in trust. Further benefit reductions would negatively affect the retirement benefits of the Company’s employees, 
which in turn could negatively affect their morale and productivity and, in turn, could negatively affect the Company’s reputation. 

12.2 Financial Risks and Risk Management  

The Company is exposed to a number of financial risks, including those associated with financial instruments, which have the potential to 
affect its operating and financial performance. The Company uses over-the-counter derivative instruments to offset certain of these risks. 
Policies and guidelines prohibit the use of any derivative instrument for trading or speculative purposes. The fair value of derivative 
instruments is subject to changing market conditions which could negatively impact the financial performance of the Company.  

The following is a summary of the Company’s financial risks which are discussed in detail below: 

Liquidity and Capital Availability 
Credit 
Interest Rates 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates 
Commodity Prices 
Common Share Price 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Discussion of Financial Risks and Risk Management Strategies 

Liquidity and Capital Availability Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company cannot meet its demand for cash or fund its obligations as they 
come due. Liquidity risk also includes the risk of not being able to liquidate assets in a timely manner at a reasonable price. Difficulty 
accessing capital markets could impair the Company’s capacity to grow, execute its business model or generate financial returns. Liquidity 
and capital availability risks are mitigated by maintaining appropriate levels of cash and cash equivalents and short term investments, actively 
monitoring market conditions, and by diversifying its sources of funding, including its Credit Facility and maintaining a well-diversified maturity 
profile of debt and capital obligations. Despite these mitigation strategies, if the Company’s or PC Bank’s financial performance and condition 
deteriorate or downgrades in the Company’s current credit ratings occur, the Company’s or PC Bank’s ability to obtain funding from external 
sources could be restricted. In addition, credit and capital markets are subject to inherent risks that could negatively affect the Company’s 
access and ability to fund its financial and other liabilities.  

Credit The Company is exposed to credit risk resulting from the possibility that counterparties could default on their financial obligations to 
the Company. Exposure to credit risk relates to derivative instruments, cash and cash equivalents, short term investments, security deposits, 
PC Bank’s credit card receivables, franchise loans receivable, accounts receivable from franchisees and other receivables from vendors, 
associated stores and independent accounts and pension assets held in the Company’s defined benefit plans. 

The risk related to derivative instruments, cash and cash equivalents, short term investments or security deposits is reduced by policies and 
guidelines that require that the Company enter into transactions only with counterparties or issuers that have a minimum long term “A-” 
credit rating from a recognized credit rating agency and place minimum and maximum limits for exposures to specific counterparties and 
instruments. PC Bank manages its credit card receivable risk by employing stringent credit scoring techniques and actively monitoring the 
credit card portfolio, and reviewing techniques and technology that can improve the effectiveness of the collection process. In addition, these 
receivables are dispersed among a large, diversified group of credit card customers. Franchise loans receivable, accounts receivable from 
franchisees and other receivables from vendors, associated stores and independent accounts are actively monitored on an ongoing basis 
and settled on a frequent basis in accordance with the terms specified in the applicable agreements.  

Credit risk associated with investments in the Company’s defined benefit pension plans is described in the Defined Benefit Pension Plan 
Contributions discussion in Section 12.1 Operating Risks and Risk Management.  

Despite the mitigation strategies described above, it is possible that the Company’s financial performance could be negatively impacted by the 
failure of a counterparty to fulfill its obligations. 

Interest Rates The Company is exposed to interest rate risk from fluctuations in interest rates on its floating rate debt and financial 
instruments, net of cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits. The Company manages interest rate risk by 
monitoring its respective mix of fixed and floating rate debt net of cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits, 
and by taking action as necessary to maintain an appropriate balance considering current market conditions. Despite these mitigations 
strategies, changes in interest rates could negatively affect the Company’s financial performance. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate variability, primarily on its USD 
denominated cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits held by Glenhuron, foreign denominated and foreign 
currency based purchases in trade payables and other liabilities, and USD private placement notes included in long term debt. The 
Company and Glenhuron have cross currency swaps and foreign currency forward contracts that partially offset their respective exposure to 
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Cross currency swaps are transactions in which interest payments and principal amounts in 
one currency are exchanged against receipt of interest payments and principal amounts in a second currency. Despite these mitigation 
strategies, the Company’s financial performance could be negatively impacted by foreign currency variability. 

30     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commodity Prices The Company is exposed to increases in the prices of commodities in operating its stores and distribution networks, as 
well as to the indirect link of commodities to consumer products and prices. To manage a portion of this exposure, the Company uses 
purchase commitments for a portion of its needs for certain consumer products that are commodities based. The Company enters into 
exchange traded futures contracts and forward contracts to minimize cost volatility relating to energy. Despite these mitigation strategies, 
rising commodity prices could negatively affect the Company’s financial performance. 

Common Share Price The Company is exposed to common share market price risk as a result of the issuance to certain employees of stock 
options, to the extent that they are repurchased by the Company on exercise, RSUs and PSUs. RSUs and PSUs negatively impact operating 
income when the common share price increases and positively impact operating income when the common share price declines. Glenhuron 
is a party to an equity forward contract, which allows for settlement in cash, common shares or net settlement. This forward contract changes 
in value as the market price of the Company’s common shares changes and provides a partial offset to fluctuations in the Company’s RSU 
and PSU plan expense or income. Despite this partial offset, increases in the common share price could negatively affect the Company’s 
financial performance. 

13. Related Party Transactions 

The Company’s parent corporation is Weston, which owns, directly and indirectly, 177,299,889 of the Company’s common shares, 
representing approximately 63% of the Company’s 281,680,157 outstanding common shares. Mr. W. Galen Weston controls Weston, 
directly and indirectly through private companies which he controls, including Wittington Investments, Limited (“Wittington”) who owns a total 
of 80,724,599 of Weston’s common shares, representing approximately 63% of Weston’s 128,220,992 outstanding common shares. Mr. 
Weston also beneficially owns 3,753,789 of the Company’s common shares, representing approximately 1% (December 31, 2011 – 1%) of 
the Company’s outstanding common shares. The Company’s policy is to conduct all transactions and settle all balances with related parties 
on market terms and conditions. 

Transactions with Related Parties 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Cost of Merchandise Inventory Sold 
Inventory purchases from a subsidiary of Weston 
Inventory purchases from a related party(1) 
Operating Income 
Cost sharing agreements with Parent(2) 
Net administrative services provided by Parent(3) 
Lease of office space from a subsidiary of Wittington 

Transaction Value 

2012 

2011 

$          627 
18 

$          646 
18 

12 
17 
3 

10 
17 
3 

(1)   Associated British Foods plc is a related party by virtue of Mr. W. Galen Weston being a director of such entity’s parent company. Total balance outstanding owing to 

Associated British Foods plc as at December 29, 2012 was $2 million (December 31, 2011 – $2 million). 

(2)   Weston and the Company have each entered into certain contracts with third parties for administrative and corporate services, including telecommunication services and 
information technology related matters on behalf of itself and the related party. Through cost sharing agreements that have been established between the Company and 
Weston concerning these costs, the Company has agreed to be responsible to Weston for the Company’s proportionate share of the total costs incurred. 

(3)   The Company and Weston have entered into an agreement whereby certain administrative services are provided by one party to the other. The services to be provided 
under this agreement include those related to commodity management, pension and benefits, tax, medical, travel, information system, risk management, treasury and 
legal. Payments are made quarterly based on the actual costs of providing these services. Where services are provided on a joint basis for the benefit of the Company and 
Weston together, each party pays the appropriate proportion of the costs. Fees paid under this agreement are reviewed each year by the Audit Committee.  

The net balances due to related parties are comprised as follows: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Balance Sheets 
Trade payables and other liabilities 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

$            25 

$            28 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Post-Employment Benefit Plans The Company sponsors a number of post-employment plans, which are related parties. Contributions 
made by the Company to these plans are disclosed in Section 7.1 Cash Flows. 

Income Tax Matters From time to time, the Company, Weston and its affiliates may enter into agreements to make elections that are 
permitted or required under applicable income tax legislation with respect to affiliated corporations. These elections and accompanying 
agreements did not have a material impact on the Company. 

Key Management Personnel The Company’s key management personnel are comprised of the Board and certain members of the 
executive team of the Company, as well as both the Board and certain members of the executive team of Weston and Wittington to the 
extent that they have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the day-to-day activities of the Company.  

Compensation of Key Management Personnel Annual compensation of key management personnel that is directly attributable to the 
Company was as follows:  

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Salaries, director fees and other short term employee benefits 
Share-based compensation 
Total compensation 

2012 
$            7 
4 
$          11 

2011 
$          10 
4 
$          14 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan During the year, the Company issued nil (2011 – 938,984) common shares to Weston under the Dividend 
Reinvestment Plan. 

14. Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments in applying the Company’s 
accounting policies that affect the reported amounts and disclosures made in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  

Within the context of this MD&A, a judgment is a decision made by management in respect of the application of an accounting policy, a 
recognized or unrecognized financial statement amount and/or note disclosure, following an analysis of relevant information that may include 
estimates and assumptions. Estimates and assumptions are used mainly in determining the measurement of balances recognized or disclosed 
in the consolidated financial statements and are based on a set of underlying data that may include management’s historical experience, 
knowledge of current events and conditions and other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management 
continually evaluates the estimates and judgments it uses. 

The following are the accounting policies subject to judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty that the Company believes could 
have the most significant impact on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements.  

14.1 Inventories  

Key Sources of Estimation Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realizable value which requires the Company to utilize 
estimates related to fluctuations in future retail prices, seasonality and costs necessary to sell the inventory.  

32     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14.2 Impairment of Non-Financial Assets (Goodwill, Intangible Assets, Fixed Assets and Investment Properties) 

Judgments Made in Relation to Accounting Policies Applied Management is required to use judgment in determining the grouping of 
assets to identify their cash generating units (“CGUs”) for the purposes of testing fixed assets for impairment. Judgment is further required to 
determine appropriate groupings of CGUs, for the level at which goodwill and intangible assets are tested for impairment. The Company has 
determined that each retail location and each investment property is a separate CGU for purposes of fixed asset impairment testing. For the 
purpose of goodwill and intangible impairment testing, CGUs are grouped at the lowest level at which goodwill and intangibles are monitored 
for internal management purposes. In addition, judgment is used to determine whether a triggering event has occurred requiring an 
impairment test to be completed. 

Key Sources of Estimation In determining the recoverable amount of a CGU or a group of CGUs, various estimates are employed. The 
Company determines fair value less costs to sell using such estimates as market rental rates for comparable properties, recoverable 
operating costs for leases with tenants, non-recoverable operating costs, discount rates, capitalization rates and terminal capitalization rates. 
The Company determines value in use by using estimates including projected future sales, earnings and capital investment consistent with 
strategic plans presented to the Board. Discount rates are consistent with external industry information reflecting the risk associated with the 
specific cash flows.  

14.3 Franchise Loans Receivable and Certain Other Financial Assets  

Judgments Made in Relation to Accounting Policies Applied Management reviews franchise loans receivable, trade receivables and 
certain other assets relating to their franchise business at each balance sheet date utilizing judgment to determine whether a triggering 
event has occurred requiring an impairment test to be completed.  

Key Sources of Estimation Management determines the initial fair value of its franchise loans and certain other financial assets using 
discounted cash flow models corroborated by other valuation techniques. The process of determining these fair values requires 
management to make estimates of a long term nature regarding discount rates, projected revenues, and margins, as applicable, derived 
from past experience, actual operating results, budgets and the Company’s five year forecast. 

14.4 Income and Other Taxes  

Judgments Made in Relation to Accounting Policies Applied The calculation of current and deferred income taxes requires 
management to make certain judgments regarding the tax rules in jurisdictions where the Company performs activities. Application of 
judgments is required regarding classification of transactions and in assessing probable outcomes of claimed deductions including 
expectations about future operating results, the timing and reversal of temporary differences and possible audits of income tax and other tax 
filings to the tax authorities. 

14.5 Post-Employment and Other Long Term Employee Benefits  

Key Sources of Estimation Accounting for the costs of defined benefit pension plans and other applicable post-employment benefits is 
based on using a number of assumptions including estimates for expected return on plan assets. Expected returns on plan assets is based 
on current market conditions, the asset mix, the active management of defined benefit pension plan assets and historical returns. Other key 
assumptions for pension obligations are based in part on current market conditions.  

14.6 Allowance for Credit Card Receivables  

Key Sources of Estimation The allowance for credit card receivables is measured based upon statistical analysis that includes estimates 
for past and current performance, aging, arrears status, the level of allowance already in place, and management’s interpretation of 
economic conditions and other trends specific to our customer base, including but not limited to bankruptcies. Changes in circumstances 
may cause future assessments of credit risk to be materially different from current assessments, which could require an increase or 
decrease in the allowance for credit receivables.  

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

15. Accounting Standards  

15.1 Accounting Standards Implemented in 2012 

Financial Instruments – Disclosures In 2010, the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) issued amendments to IFRS 7, 
“Financial Instruments: Disclosures”, which increase the disclosure requirements for transactions involving transfers of financial assets to help 
users of the consolidated financial statements evaluate the risk exposures related to such transfers and the effect of those risks on an entity’s 
financial position. These amendments are effective and were implemented in the first quarter of 2012.  

Deferred Tax – Recovery of Underlying Assets In 2010, the IASB issued amendments to International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 12, 
“Income Taxes” (“IAS 12”), that introduce an exception to the general measurement requirements of IAS 12 for investment properties 
measured at fair value. These amendments were effective in the first quarter of 2012. As part of its transition to IFRS, the Company elected to 
account for its investment properties at cost and as such, the amendments did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or 
financial condition. 

15.2 Future Accounting Standards  

Unless otherwise indicated, the Company intends to adopt the following standards in its consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2013: 

Consolidated Financial Statements In 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 10, “Consolidated Financial Statements” (“IFRS 10”). This IFRS replaces 
portions of IAS 27, “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements” and supersedes SIC-12, “Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities”. 
IFRS 10 defines principles of control and establishes the basis of determining when and how an entity should be included within a set of 
consolidated financial statements. The standard introduces a single control model that requires an entity to consolidate an investee when it has 
power, exposure to variability in returns and has the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns, regardless of whether voting 
rights are present. The adoption of IFRS 10 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities In 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 12, “Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities” (“IFRS 12”). This IFRS 
requires extensive disclosures relating to a company’s interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates, and unconsolidated structured 
entities. IFRS 12 enables users of the consolidated financial statements to evaluate the nature and risks associated with a company’s interests 
in other entities and the effects of those interests on a company’s financial performance and position. The adoption of IFRS 12 is not expected 
to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Fair Value Measurement In 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 13, “Fair Value Measurement” (“IFRS 13”), which establishes a single framework for 
the fair value measurement and disclosure of financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. The new standard unifies the definition of fair 
value and also introduces new concepts including ‘highest and best use’ and ‘principle markets’ for non-financial assets and liabilities. There 
are additional disclosure requirements, including increased fair value disclosure for financial instruments for interim financial statements. 
Although the Company expects additional disclosure, it does not anticipate material measurement impacts on its consolidated financial 
statements as a result of the adoption of IFRS 13.  

Employee Benefits In 2011, the IASB revised IAS 19, “Employee Benefits” (“IAS 19”).The most significant amendments for the Company will 
be the requirement to immediately recognize all unvested past service costs and the replacement of interest cost and expected return on plan 
assets with a net interest amount that is calculated by applying a prescribed discount rate to the net defined benefit liability. Upon 
implementation of these amendments, the Company will restate its annual 2012 consolidated financial statements. The preliminary expected 
impact arising from the adoption of the amendments to IAS 19 is summarized as follows: 

34     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income 

Increase (Decrease) 
(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 
Operating Income 
Net interest expense and other financing charges 
Earnings Before Income Taxes 
Income taxes 
Net Earnings 

Other comprehensive income, net of taxes 
Total Comprehensive Income 

Basic net earnings per common share ($) 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

Increase (Decrease) 
(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Other long term liabilities 
Shareholders' equity 

52 Weeks Ended 
December 29, 2012 
$               1 
$              (1) 
20 
$            (21) 
     (5) 
$            (16) 
15 

$              (1) 

$         (0.06) 

As at  
December 29, 2012 
$              (2) 
$               2 

As a result, in 2013, post-employment and other long term benefits expense will be accounted for on a consistent basis year-over-year. The 
amendments also require enhanced disclosures for defined benefit plans, including additional information on the characteristics and risks of 
those plans.  

Other Standards In addition to the above standards, the Company will be implementing the following standards and amendments effective 
January 1, 2013: IFRS 11, “Joint Arrangements”, IAS 28, “Investments in Associates” and IAS 1, “Presentation of Financial Statements”. The 
Company does not expect a significant impact as a result of these standards and amendments on its consolidated financial statements.  

Financial Instruments In 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 7, “Financial Instruments: Disclosures” and IAS 32, “Financial 
Instruments: Presentation”, these amendments are required to be applied for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The Company 
does not expect any significant impacts on its consolidated financial statements as a result of these amendments. 

In 2010, the IASB issued a new standard, IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” (“IFRS 9”), which will ultimately replace IAS 39, “Financial 
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” (“IAS 39”). The replacement of IAS 39 is a three-phase project with the objective of improving 
and simplifying the reporting for financial instruments. The issuance of IFRS 9 is the first phase of the project, which provides guidance on 
the classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities. This standard becomes effective on January 1, 2015, with 
early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the new standard on its consolidated financial statements. 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

16. Outlook(1)  

In 2012, the Company strengthened its customer proposition and made significant progress with its IT infrastructure implementation. These 
initiatives will continue in 2013, with investments in price, assortment and labour expected to be offset by operating efficiencies. Investment 
in infrastructure programs will continue as the IT system is rolled out to distribution centres and stores, with associated expenses flat to 
2012. Sales growth in 2013 will be moderated by a competitive environment characterized by ongoing square footage expansions, a new 
competitor’s entry into the market and generic drug deflation. As a result, the Company expects modest growth in operating income in 2013, 
excluding the impact of the $61 million restructuring charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2012 and the impact of the previously 
announced plan to launch an IPO of a new REIT.  

In addition, the Company expects the following for 2013: 

 
 

 

an effective tax rate in the range of 26% – 27%, compared to 24.9% in 2012; 
the adoption of amendments to the accounting standard related to employee benefits, which will result in a restatement of the 2012 
consolidated financial statements to reflect a reduction in net earnings by approximately $16 million or $0.06 per share; and 
capital expenditures to be approximately $1 billion, unchanged from 2012, with net new retail square footage growth of approximately 1%.  

Over the long term, the Company still expects positive same-store sales(2), a decline in IT and supply chain costs, and a moderation of 
capital expenditures. This should result in growth in operating income, EBITDA(3) and an increase in free cash flow(3). 

(1)  To be read in conjunction with “Forward-Looking Statements” on page 2. 

(2)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 

(3)  See Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 37. 

36     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

The Company uses the following non-GAAP financial measures: EBITDA and EBITDA margin, interest and interest coverage, free cash flow, 
return on average net assets, adjusted debt and adjusted debt to EBITDA. The Company believes these non-GAAP financial measures 
provide useful information to both management and investors in measuring the financial performance and financial condition of the Company 
for the reasons outlined below. These measures do not have a standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and therefore they may not be 
comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other publicly traded companies, and they should not be construed as an alternative to 
other financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP. 

EBITDA and EBITDA Margin The following table reconciles earnings before income taxes, net interest expense and other financing charges 
and depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) to operating income which is reconciled to GAAP net earnings measures reported in the 
consolidated statements of earnings for the years and quarters ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011. EBITDA is useful to 
management in assessing performance of its ongoing operations and its ability to generate cash flows to fund its cash requirements, including 
the Company’s capital investment program. 

EBITDA margin is calculated as EBITDA divided by revenue. 

(millions of Canadian dollars) (unaudited) 

Net earnings 
Add impact of the following: 

Income taxes 
Net interest expense and other financing charges 

Operating income 
Add impact of the following: 
     Depreciation and amortization 

EBITDA 

2012 

(12 weeks) 

$       143  

2011 

 (12 weeks) 

$       174  

2012 

 (52 weeks) 

$        650  

2011 

 (52 weeks) 

$        769  

39 
80 

262 

187 

60 
81 

315 

170 

215 
331 

1,196 

777 

288 
327 

1,384 

699 

$       449 

$       485 

$     1,973 

$     2,083 

Interest and Interest Coverage The following table reconciles interest expense used in the calculations of the interest coverage ratio to 
GAAP measures reported in the annual audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 
2011. Interest coverage is calculated as operating income divided by net interest expense and other financing charges adding back interest 
capitalized to fixed assets. The Company believes the interest coverage ratio is useful in assessing the Company’s ability to cover its net 
interest charge with its operating income. 

(millions of Canadian dollars) (unaudited) 

Net interest expense and other financing charges 
Add: Interest capitalized to fixed assets 
Interest expense 

2012 
(52 weeks) 

$      331 
1 
$      332 

2011 
 (52 weeks) 

$      327 
1 
$      328 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Free Cash Flow The following table reconciles free cash flow used in assessing the Company’s financial condition to GAAP measures 
reported in the annual audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The 
Company believes that free cash flow is a useful measure in assessing the Company’s cash available for additional funding and investing 
activities.  

Free cash flow is calculated as cash flows from operating activities excluding the net change in credit card receivables, less fixed asset 
purchases. 

(millions of Canadian dollars) (unaudited) 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Net increase (decrease) in credit card receivables 

Less: Fixed asset purchases 
Free cash flow 

2012 
(52 weeks) 

$          1,637 
  204 

1,017 
$            824 

2011 
 (52 weeks) 

$        1,814 
  104 

987 
$           931 

Net Assets The following table reconciles net assets used in the return on average net assets ratio to GAAP measures reported in the 
annual audited consolidated balance sheets as at the years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The Company believes the 
return on average net assets ratio is useful in assessing the return on productive assets.  

Return on average net assets is calculated as operating income for the year divided by average net assets. 

(millions of Canadian dollars) (unaudited) 

Total assets 
Less: Cash and cash equivalents 
        Short term investments 

  Security deposits 

  Trade payables and other liabilities 

Net assets 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
 December 31, 2011 

$      17,961 
1,079 
716 

252 

3,720 

$     17,428 
966 
754 

266 

3,677 

$      12,194 

$     11,765 

38     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Adjusted Debt The following table reconciles adjusted debt used in the adjusted debt to EBITDA ratio to GAAP measures reported in the 
annual audited consolidated balance sheets as at the years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The Company calculates 
debt as the sum of short term debt, long term debt, certain other liabilities and the fair value of financial derivatives. The Company calculates 
adjusted debt as debt less independent securitization trusts, independent funding trusts and PC Bank’s GICs in short term and long term debt. 
The Company believes that adjusted debt to EBITDA is useful in assessing its ability to cover its debt repayments with its EBITDA. 

Adjusted debt to EBITDA is calculated as adjusted debt divided by EBITDA.  

(millions of Canadian dollars) (unaudited) 
Short term debt 
Long term debt due within one year 
Long term debt 
Certain other liabilities 
Fair value of financial derivatives related to the above 
Total debt 
Less: 
     Independent Securitization Trusts in Short term debt 
     Independent Securitization Trusts in Long term debt                                                  
     Independent Funding Trusts 
     Guaranteed Investment Certificates 
Adjusted debt 

As at 
December 29, 2012 
$          905 
672 
4,997 
39 
14 
$       6,627 

905 
600 
459 
303 
$       4,360 

As at  
December 31, 2011 
$           905 
87 
5,493 
39 
22 
$        6,546 

905 
600 
424 
276 
$        4,341 

The Second Preferred Shares, Series A are classified as capital securities and are excluded from the calculations of adjusted debt. 

18. Additional Information 

Additional information about the Company, including its Annual Information Form and other disclosure documents, has been filed 
electronically with various securities regulators in Canada through the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (SEDAR) and 
is available online at www.sedar.com and with the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI) as the primary regulator for 
the Company’s subsidiary, PC Bank. 

February 20, 2013 
Toronto, Canada 

     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Results 

Management’s Statement of Responsibility for Financial Reporting 

Independent Auditors’ Report 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Consolidated Statements of Earnings  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1.   Nature and Description of the Reporting Entity 
Note 2.   Significant Accounting Policies 
Note 3.   Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments 
Note 4.   Future Accounting Standards 
Note 5.   Net Interest Expense and Other Financing Charges 
Note 6.   Income Taxes 
Note 7.   Basic and Diluted Net Earnings per Common Share 
Note 8.   Cash and Cash Equivalents, Short Term Investments and Security Deposits 
Note 9.   Accounts Receivable 
Note 10. Credit Card Receivables  
Note 11. Inventories 
Note 12. Assets Held for Sale 
Note 13. Fixed Assets 
Note 14. Investment Properties 
Note 15. Goodwill and Intangible Assets 
Note 16. Other Assets 
Note 17. Provisions 
Note 18. Short Term Debt 
Note 19. Long Term Debt 
Note 20. Other Liabilities 
Note 21. Share Capital  
Note 22. Capital Management 
Note 23. Share-Based Compensation 
Note 24. Post-Employment and Other Long Term Employee Benefits 
Note 25. Employee Costs 
Note 26. Leases 
Note 27. Financial Instruments 
Note 28. Financial Risk Management 
Note 29. Contingent Liabilities 
Note 30. Financial Guarantees 
Note 31. Related Party Transactions 
Note 32. Subsequent Event 
Note 33. Segment Information 

Earnings Coverage Exhibit to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements 

Three Year Summary  

Glossary of Terms 

40     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 
48 
48 
57 
58 
60 
60 
62 
62 
63 
64 
65 
65 
66 
68 
69 
71 
71 
72 
73 
74 
75 
76 
77 
81 
87 
88 
89 
94 
96 
96 
97 
99 
99 

101 

102 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Statement of Responsibility for Financial Reporting 

The management of Loblaw Companies Limited is responsible for the preparation, presentation and integrity of the accompanying 
consolidated financial statements, Management’s Discussion and Analysis and all other information in the Annual Report – Financial 
Review (“Annual Report”). This responsibility includes the selection and consistent application of appropriate accounting principles and 
methods in addition to making the judgments and estimates necessary to prepare the consolidated financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). It also includes 
ensuring that the financial information presented elsewhere in the Annual Report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial 
statements. 

Management is also responsible to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and that relevant and reliable financial 
information is produced. Management is required to design a system of internal controls and certify as to the design and 
operating effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. A dedicated control compliance team reviews and evaluates internal 
controls, the results of which are shared with management on a quarterly basis. KPMG LLP, whose report follows, were appointed as 
independent auditors by a vote of the Company’s shareholders to audit the consolidated financial statements.  

The Board of Directors, acting through an Audit Committee comprised solely of directors who are independent, is responsible for 
determining that management fulfills its responsibilities in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and the financial control 
of operations. The Audit Committee recommends the independent auditors for appointment by the shareholders. The Audit Committee 
meets regularly with senior and financial management, internal auditors and the independent auditors to discuss internal controls, auditing 
activities and financial reporting matters. The independent auditors and internal auditors have unrestricted access to the Audit Committee. 
These consolidated financial statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis have been approved by the Board of Directors for 
inclusion in the Annual Report based on the review and recommendation of the Audit Committee.  

Toronto, Canada 
February 20, 2013 

      [signed] 
Galen G. Weston              
Executive Chairman                               

[signed]   
Vicente Trius 
President          

                                                Sarah R. Davis 

 [signed]  

Chief Financial Officer 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditors’ Report 

To the Shareholders of Loblaw Companies Limited: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Loblaw Companies Limited, which comprise the consolidated 
balance sheets as at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, 
changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flow for the 52 week years then ended, and notes, comprising a summary of significant 
accounting policies and other explanatory information. 

Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the 
preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

Auditors’ Responsibility 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in 
accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and 
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material 
misstatement. 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the 
consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant 
to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are 
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An 
audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. 

Opinion 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Loblaw 
Companies Limited as at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated 
cash flows for the 52 week years then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards. 

Toronto, Canada 
February 20, 2013 

  Chartered Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants 

42     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Earnings 

For the years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011  

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 
Revenue 
Cost of Merchandise Inventories Sold (note 11) 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 
Operating Income 
Net interest expense and other financing charges (note 5) 
Earnings Before Income Taxes 
Income taxes (note 6) 
Net Earnings 
Net Earnings per Common Share ($) (note 7) 
Basic 
Diluted 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

2012 

(52 Weeks) 
31,604 
24,185 
6,223 
1,196 
331 
865 
215 
650 

2.31 
2.28 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2011 

(52 Weeks) 
31,250 
23,894 
5,972 
1,384 
327 
1,057 
288 
769 

2.73 
2.71 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

For the years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Net earnings 

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes 
     Net defined benefit plan actuarial loss (note 24) 

Total Comprehensive Income 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

2012 

(52 Weeks) 

$ 

$ 

650 

(21) 

629 

2011 

(52 Weeks) 

$ 

769 

(208) 

561 

$ 

44     2011 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 
Balance at December 31, 2011 
Net earnings 
Other comprehensive loss (note 24) 
Total Comprehensive Income 
Net effect of share-based compensation (notes 21 and 23) 
Common shares purchased for cancellation (note 21) 
Dividends declared per common share − $0.85 

Balance at December 29, 2012 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 
Balance at January 1, 2011 
Net earnings 
Other comprehensive loss (note 24) 
Total Comprehensive Income 
Dividend reinvestment plan (note 21) 
Net effect of share-based compensation (notes 21 and 23) 
Common shares purchased for cancellation (note 21) 
Dividends declared per common share − $0.84 

Balance at December 31, 2011 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

Common 
Share 
Capital 
1,540 
− 
− 
− 
29 
(2) 
− 
27 
1,567 

Common 
Share 
Capital 
1,475 
− 
− 
− 
43 
28 
(6) 
− 
65 
1,540 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Retained 
Earnings 
4,414 
650 
(21) 
629 
− 
(14) 
(239) 
376 
4,790 

Retained 
Earnings 
4,122 
769 
(208) 
561 
− 
− 
(33) 
(236) 
292 
4,414 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income 
5 
− 
− 
− 
− 
− 
− 
− 
5 

$ 

$ 

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity 
6,007 
650 
(21) 
629 
36 
(16) 
(239) 
410 
6,417 

$ 

$ 

Contributed 
Surplus 
48 
− 
− 
− 
7 
− 
− 
7 
55 

$ 

$ 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income 
5 
− 
− 
− 
− 
− 
− 
− 
− 
5 

$ 

$ 

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity 
5,603 
769 
(208) 
561 
43 
75 
(39) 
(236) 
404 
6,007 

$ 

$ 

Contributed 
Surplus 
1 
− 
− 
− 
− 
47 
− 
− 
47 
48 

$ 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,079 
716 
456 
2,305 
2,007 
74 
30 
6,667 
8,973 
100 
1,057 
260 
252 
363 
289 
17,961 

3,720 
78 
21 
905 
672 
5,396 
59 
4,997 
18 
223 
851 
11,544 

1,567 
4,790 
55 
5 
6,417 
17,961 

$ 

$ 

$

$ 

966 
754 
467 
2,101 
2,025 
117 
32 
6,462 
8,725 
82 
1,029 
232 
266 
331 
301 
17,428 

3,677
35 
14 
905 
87 
4,718 
50 
5,493 
21 
222 
917 
11,421 

1,540 
4,414 
48 
5 
6,007 
17,428 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Assets 
Current Assets 
     Cash and cash equivalents (note 8) 
     Short term investments (note 8) 
     Accounts receivable (note 9) 
     Credit card receivables (note 10) 
     Inventories (note 11) 
     Prepaid expenses and other assets 
     Assets held for sale (note 12) 
Total Current Assets 
Fixed Assets (note 13) 
Investment Properties (note 14) 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets (note 15) 
Deferred Income Taxes (note 6) 
Security Deposits (note 8) 
Franchise Loans Receivable 
Other Assets (note 16) 
Total Assets 
Liabilities 
Current Liabilities 
     Trade payables and other liabilities 
     Provisions (note 17) 
     Income taxes payable 
     Short term debt (note 18) 
     Long term debt due within one year (note 19) 
Total Current Liabilities 
Provisions (note 17) 
Long Term Debt (note 19) 
Deferred Income Taxes (note 6) 
Capital Securities (note 21) 
Other Liabilities (note 20) 
Total Liabilities 
Shareholders' Equity 
Common Share Capital (note 21) 
Retained Earnings 
Contributed Surplus (note 23) 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 
Total Shareholders' Equity 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity 

Contingent liabilities (note 29). Leases (note 26). Financial guarantees (note 30).  
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

Approved on Behalf of the Board 

     [signed] 
Galen G. Weston    
Director    

       [signed] 
Christie J. B. Clark 
Director 

46     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review      

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow 

For the years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011  

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Operating Activities 

Net earnings 
Income taxes (note 6) 
Net interest expense and other financing charges (note 5) 
Depreciation and amortization 
Income taxes paid 
Interest received 
Settlement of equity forward contracts (note 27) 
Change in credit card receivables (note 10) 
Change in non-cash working capital 
Fixed assets and other related impairments 
Gain on disposal of assets 
Other 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 
Investing Activities 

Fixed asset purchases (note 13) 
Change in short term investments 
Proceeds from fixed asset sales 
Change in franchise investments and other receivables 
Change in security deposits 
Goodwill and intangible asset additions (note 15) 
Other 

Cash Flows used in Investing Activities 
Financing Activities 

Change in bank indebtedness 
Change in short term debt (note 18) 
Long term debt  

Issued (note 19) 
Retired (note 19) 

Interest paid 
Dividends paid (note 21) 
Common shares  

Issued (note 21) 
Purchased for cancellation (note 21) 
Cash Flows used in Financing Activities 

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 

Change in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

2012 
(52 weeks) 

2011 
(52 weeks) 

$ 

$ 

650  
215 
331 
777 
(232) 
52 
– 
(204) 
55 
19 
(12) 
(14) 

1,637 

(1,017) 
20 
62 
 (22) 
11 
 (43) 
– 

(989) 

– 
– 

111 
(115) 
(356) 
(177) 

22 
(16) 
(531) 

(4) 

113 

966 

$ 

1,079  

$ 

769  
288 
327 
699 
(216) 
60 
(7) 
(104) 
8 
5 
(18) 
3 

1,814 

(987) 
18 
57 
 (18) 
92 
(14) 
(4) 

(856) 

(10) 
370 

287 
(909) 
(380) 
(193) 

21 
(39) 
(853) 

4 

109 

857 

966  

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

For the years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

Note 1. Nature and Description of the Reporting Entity  

Loblaw Companies Limited is a Canadian public company incorporated in 1956 and is Canada’s largest food retailer and a leading provider 
of drugstore, general merchandise and financial products and services. Its registered office is located at 22 St. Clair Avenue East, Toronto, 
Canada M4T 2S7. Loblaw Companies Limited and its subsidiaries are together referred to in these consolidated financial statements as 
“Loblaw” or the “Company”. 

The Company’s parent is George Weston Limited (“Weston”), which owns approximately 63% of the Company’s outstanding common 
shares. The Company’s ultimate parent is Wittington Investments, Limited (“Wittington”). The remaining common shares are widely held. 

The Company has two reportable operating segments: Retail and Financial Services (see note 33). 

In December 2012, the Company announced its intention to create a Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”), which will acquire a significant 
portion of Loblaw’s real estate assets and sell units by way of an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”). The IPO of the REIT is expected to be 
completed by mid-2013, subject to prevailing market conditions and receipt of required regulatory approvals, including approval to list the units 
on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”). 

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies 

Statement of Compliance The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRS” or “GAAP”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and using the accounting policies 
described herein. 

The consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) on February 20, 2013. 

Basis of Preparation The consolidated financial statements were prepared on a historical cost basis except for certain financial 
instruments carried at fair value. Liabilities for cash-settled share-based compensation arrangements are measured at fair value as 
described in note 23 and defined benefit plan assets are also recorded at fair value with the obligations related to these pension plans 
measured at their discounted present value as described in note 24.  

The significant accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements 
for all periods presented.  

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars. 

Basis of Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and other entities that the Company 
controls in accordance with IAS 27, “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements” (“IAS 27”). Special Purpose Entities (“SPE”) are 
consolidated under Standing Interpretations Committee (“SIC”) Interpretation 12, “Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities”, (“SIC-12”), if, 
based on an evaluation of the substance of its relationship with the Company and the SPE’s risks and rewards, the Company concludes that it 
controls the SPE. SPEs controlled by the Company were established under terms that impose strict limitations on the decision-making powers 
of the SPE’s management and that results in the Company receiving the majority of the benefits related to the SPE’s operations and net assets, 
being exposed to the majority of risks incident to the SPE’s activities, and retaining the majority of the residual or ownership risks related to the 
SPEs or their assets. 

Fiscal Year The fiscal year of the Company ends on the Saturday closest to December 31. Under an accounting convention common in 
the food retail industry, the Company follows a 52-week reporting cycle which periodically necessitates a fiscal year of 53 weeks. The years 
ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 both contained 52 weeks. The next 53 week year will occur in fiscal 2014. 

48     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review      

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Earnings per Common Share Basic net earnings per common share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing the net earnings available to 
common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The diluted EPS calculation 
assumes that the weighted average number of outstanding stock options during the period with an exercise price below the average 
market price during the period is exercised and the assumed proceeds are used to purchase the Company’s common shares at the 
average market price during the period. Diluted EPS also takes into consideration the dilutive effect of the conversion options on the capital 
securities, equity forwards recorded in trade and other payables and certain other liabilities. 

Revenue Recognition Revenue includes sales, net of estimated returns, to customers through corporate stores operated by the Company, 
sales to and service fees from franchised stores, associated stores, independent account customers, and financial services, net of sales 
incentives offered by the Company. The Company recognizes revenue at the time the sale is made to its customers and at the time of 
delivery of inventory to its associated and franchise stores. Interest income on credit card loans, service fees and other revenue related to 
financial services are recognized on an accrual basis. 

Customer loyalty awards are accounted for as a separate component of the sales transaction in which they are granted. A portion of the 
consideration received in a transaction that includes the issuance of an award is deferred until the awards are ultimately redeemed. The 
allocation of the consideration to the award is based on an evaluation of the award’s estimated fair value at the date of the transaction using 
the residual fair value method. 

On the initial sale of a franchising arrangement, the Company offers products and services as part of a multiple deliverable arrangement 
which is recorded using a relative fair value approach. 

Taxation The asset and liability method of accounting is used for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred income tax 
assets and liabilities are recognized for the deferred income tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial 
statement carrying values of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases. Current and deferred taxes are charged to or 
credited in the consolidated statement of earnings, except when it relates to a business combination, or items charged or credited directly to 
equity or to other comprehensive income (loss). Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the 
period, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 
Deferred tax is measured using enacted or substantively enacted income tax rates expected to apply in the years in which those temporary 
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses and credits to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date 
and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends to settle its current tax assets and 
liabilities on a net basis. Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of 
the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Company and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid marketable investments with an original maturity date of 90 
days or less from the date of acquisition. 

Short Term Investments Short term investments primarily consist of government treasury bills, government agencies securities, corporate 
commercial paper and bankers’ acceptances.  

Security Deposits Security deposits consist primarily of cash, government treasury bills and government agencies securities, which are 
required to be placed with counterparties as collateral to enter into and maintain outstanding letters of credit, financial derivative contracts 
and equity forwards. The amount of the required security deposits will fluctuate primarily as a result of the change in market value of the 
derivatives.  

Accounts Receivable Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts, include amounts due from independent franchisees, 
associated stores, independent accounts and amounts owed from vendors.  

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Credit Card Receivables The Company, through President’s Choice Bank (“PC Bank”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, has 
credit card receivables that are stated net of an allowance. Interest income is recorded in revenue and interest expense is recorded in net 
interest expense and other financing charges using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts the 
estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the credit card receivable (or, where appropriate, a shorter period) to the 
carrying amount. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Company estimates future cash flows considering all contractual terms of 
the financial instrument, but not future credit losses.  

PC Bank considers evidence of impairment losses on a portfolio basis for which losses cannot be determined on an item-by-item basis. The 
allowance is based upon a statistical analysis of past and current performance, the level of allowance already in place and management’s 
judgment. The allowance for credit card receivables is deducted from the credit card receivables balance. Interest on the impaired asset 
continues to be recognized. The net credit loss experience for the year is recognized in operating income.  

Periodically, the Company transfers credit card receivables by selling them to and repurchasing them from independent securitization trusts. 
PC Bank is required to absorb a portion of the related credit losses. Accordingly, the Company continues to recognize these assets in credit 
card receivables and the transferred receivables are accounted for as secured financing transactions. The Company consolidates one of the 
independent securitization trusts, Eagle Credit Card Trust (“Eagle”), as a SPE. The associated liabilities secured by these assets are included 
in either short term debt or long term debt based on their characteristics and are carried at amortized cost.  

Franchise Loans Receivable Franchise loans receivable are comprised of amounts due from independent franchisees for loans issued 
through an independent funding trust that is consolidated under SIC-12. Each independent franchisee provides security to the independent 
funding trust for its obligations by way of a general security agreement. In the event that an independent franchisee defaults on its loan and 
the Company has not, within a specified time period, assumed the loan or the default is not otherwise remedied, the independent funding 
trust would assign the loan to the Company and draw upon a standby letter of credit. The Company has agreed to reimburse the issuing 
bank for any amount drawn on the standby letter of credit.  

Inventories The Company values merchandise inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost includes the costs of purchases 
net of vendor allowances plus other costs, such as transportation, that are directly incurred to bring inventories to their present location and 
condition. Seasonal general merchandise and inventories at distribution centres are measured at weighted average cost. The Company uses 
the retail method to measure the cost of the majority of retail store inventories. The Company estimates net realizable value as the amount 
that inventories are expected to be sold taking into consideration fluctuations in retail prices due to seasonality less estimated costs 
necessary to make the sale. Inventories are written down to net realizable value when the cost of inventories is estimated to be 
unrecoverable due to obsolescence, damage or declining selling prices. When circumstances that previously caused inventories to be written 
down below cost no longer exist or when there is clear evidence of an increase in retail selling prices, the amount of the write-down 
previously recorded is reversed. Storage costs, indirect administrative overhead and certain selling costs related to inventories are expensed 
in the period that these costs are incurred.  

Vendor Allowances The Company receives allowances from certain of its vendors whose products it purchases for resale. These allowances 
are received for a variety of buying and/or merchandising activities, including vendor programs such as volume purchase allowances, purchase 
discounts, listing fees and exclusivity allowances. Allowances received from a vendor is a reduction in the cost of the vendor’s products and is 
recognized as a reduction in the cost of merchandise inventories sold and the related inventory when recognized in the consolidated statements 
of earnings and the consolidated balance sheets, respectively. Certain exceptions apply if the consideration is a payment for assets or services 
delivered to the vendor or for reimbursement of selling costs incurred to promote the vendor’s products. The consideration is then recognized 
as a reduction of the cost incurred in the consolidated statements of earnings.  

Fixed Assets Fixed assets are recognized and subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated 
impairment losses. Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset to prepare the asset for its intended 
use and capitalized borrowing costs. The commencement date for capitalization of costs occurs when the Company first incurs expenditures for 
the qualifying assets and undertakes the required activities to prepare the assets for their intended use. 

50     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation commences when the assets are available for use and is expensed on a straight-line basis through operating income to 
depreciate the cost of these assets to their estimated residual value over their estimated useful lives. When significant parts of a fixed asset 
have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate components of the asset and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. 
Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year end and are adjusted if appropriate. Estimated 
useful lives are as follows: 

  Buildings – 10 to 40 years 
  Equipment and fixtures – 2 to 10 years 
  Building improvements – up to 10 years 

Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the lease term, which may include renewal options, and their estimated useful 
lives to a maximum of 25 years.  

Fixed assets held under finance leases are depreciated over the lesser of their expected useful lives, on the same basis as owned assets, or 
the term of the lease, unless it is reasonably certain that the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term in which case it 
would be depreciated over the life of the asset.  

Fixed assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. Refer to the Impairment of 
Non-Financial Assets policy below.  

Investment Properties Investment properties are properties owned by the Company that are held to either earn rental income, for capital 
appreciation, or both. The Company’s investment properties include single tenant properties held to earn rental income and certain multiple 
tenant properties. Land and buildings leased to franchisees are not accounted for as investment properties as these properties are related to 
the Company’s operating activities.  

Investment property assets are recognized at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. The depreciation 
policies for investment properties are consistent with those described in the accounting policy for fixed assets.  

Investment properties are reviewed at each balance sheet date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. Refer to the 
Impairment of Non-Financial Assets policy below.  

Borrowing Costs Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of fixed assets that necessarily take a 
substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use and a proportionate share of general borrowings, are capitalized to the cost of 
those fixed assets, until such time as the fixed assets are substantially ready for their intended use, based on a quarterly weighted average 
cost of borrowing. 

Goodwill Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognized as an asset at the date that control is acquired. Goodwill is measured as 
the excess of the sum of the fair value of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired less the fair value 
of the liabilities assumed. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be 
impaired. Refer to the Impairment of Non-Financial Assets policy below.  

Intangible Assets The Company assesses intangible asset for legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive or other factors to determine if the 
useful life is definite. Acquired intangible assets that have definite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and 
accumulated impairment losses. Intangible assets with a definite life are amortized on a straight-line basis through operating income over the 
related assets’ estimated useful lives, which range from 3 to 13 years.  

Indefinite life intangible assets are measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Indefinite life intangible assets are tested for 
impairment at least annually and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. Refer to the Impairment of Non-Financial 
Assets policy below.  

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Impairment of Non-Financial Assets At each balance sheet date, the Company reviews the carrying amounts of its definite life non-
financial assets, including fixed assets, investment properties and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication of 
impairment. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment at least annually, and whenever there is an 
indication that the asset may be impaired. If any such indication of impairment exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in 
order to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any. 

For the purposes of reviewing definite life non-financial assets for impairment, asset groups are reviewed at their lowest level for which 
identifiable cash inflows are largely independent of cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets. This grouping is referred to as a cash 
generating unit (“CGU”).  

The Company has determined that each retail location and each investment property is a separate CGU for purposes of impairment testing. 
Various impairment indicators are used to determine the need to test a retail location for an impairment loss. Indicators include performance 
of a retail location below forecast and expectation of an adverse impact on future performance of a retail location from competitive activities.  

The Company’s corporate assets, which include the head office facilities and distribution centres, do not generate separate cash inflows. 
Corporate assets are tested for impairment at the minimum collection of CGUs to which the corporate asset can be allocated reasonably and 
consistently.  

The recoverable amount of a CGU is the greater of its value in current use and its fair value less costs to sell. The Company determines the 
value in use of its retail locations by discounting the expected cash flows that management estimates can be generated from continued use 
of the CGU. The process of determining the cash flows requires management to make estimates and assumptions including projected future 
sales, earnings and capital investment, and discount rates.  

The Company determines the fair value less costs to sell of its retail locations using various assumptions, including the market rental rates for 
properties located within the same geographical areas as the properties being valued, highest and best use of the property for the 
geographical area, recoverable operating costs for leases with tenants, non-recoverable operating costs, discount rates, capitalization rates 
and terminal capitalization rates for the purposes of determining the estimated net proceeds from the sale of the property. 

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in 
operating income in the period in which they occur. If an impairment subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to 
the extent that the carrying value of the underlying assets does not exceed the carrying amount, net of depreciation, that would have been 
determined if no impairment had been recognized. Impairment reversals are recognized in operating income in the period in which they 
occur.  

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are assessed for impairment based on the group of CGUs expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the business combination, and the lowest level at which management monitors the goodwill. Any potential impairment is 
identified by comparing the recoverable amount of the CGU grouping to which the assets are allocated to its carrying value. If the recoverable 
amount, calculated as the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value in use, is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss 
is recognized in operating income in the period in which it occurs. Impairment losses on goodwill are not subsequently reversed if conditions 
change.  

Provisions Provisions are recognized when there is a legal or constructive obligation for which it is probable that a transfer of resources will 
be required to settle the obligation. The amount recognized as a provision is the present value of the best estimate of the consideration 
required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the 
obligation.  

52     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Instruments Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 
the financial instrument. Financial assets are derecognized when the contractual rights to receive cash flows and benefits from the financial 
asset expire, or if the Company transfers the control or substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset to another 
party. Financial liabilities are derecognized when obligations under the contract expire, are discharged or cancelled. Financial instruments 
upon initial recognition are measured at fair value and classified as either financial assets or financial liabilities as fair value through profit 
or loss, held-to-maturity investments, loans and receivables or other financial liabilities. Financial instruments are included on the 
consolidated balance sheets and measured after initial recognition at fair value, except for loans and receivables, held-to-maturity financial 
assets and other financial liabilities, which are measured at amortized cost. Fair values are based on quoted market prices where available 
from active markets, otherwise fair values are estimated using valuation methodologies, primarily discounted cash flows taking into account 
external market inputs where possible.  

Gains and losses on fair value through profit or loss financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized in earnings before income taxes in 
the period in which they are incurred. Settlement date accounting is used to account for the purchase and sale of financial assets. Gains or 
losses between the trade date and settlement date on fair value through profit or loss financial assets are recorded in net earnings before 
income taxes and other comprehensive income, respectively. Transaction costs other than those related to financial instruments classified as 
fair value through profit or loss, which are expensed as incurred, are capitalized to the carrying amount of the instrument and amortized using 
the effective interest method.  

Impairment of Financial Instruments An assessment of whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial 
assets is impaired is performed at each balance sheet date. A financial asset or group of financial assets is considered to be impaired if one or 
more loss events that have an impact on the future cash flows of the financial asset or group of assets occur after initial recognition of the 
financial asset and the loss can be reliably measured. This assessment is performed on an individual financial asset basis or on a portfolio of 
financial assets basis. If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on loans and receivables carried at amortized cost has occurred, 
the loss is based on the difference between the carrying amount of the financial asset, or portfolio of financial assets, and the respective 
estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial instruments’ original effective interest rate and is recorded as an allowance for losses. 
If, in a subsequent period, the impairment loss decreases, the previously recognized impairment is reversed to the extent of the impairment.  

Derivative Instruments Financial derivative instruments in the form of cross currency swaps, interest rate swaps, foreign exchange forwards 
and equity forwards, as well as non-financial derivatives in the form of futures contracts, options contracts and forward contracts, are recorded 
at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. Any embedded derivative instruments that may be identified are separated from their host 
contract and recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Fair values are based on quoted market prices where available from 
active markets otherwise, fair values are estimated using valuation methodologies, primarily discounted cash flows, taking into account 
external market inputs.  

Derivative instruments are recorded in current or non-current assets and liabilities based on their remaining terms to maturity. All changes in 
fair values of the derivative instruments are recorded in net earnings unless the derivative qualifies and is effective as a hedging instrument in 
a designated hedging relationship.  

Foreign Currency Translation The functional currency of the Company is the Canadian dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are translated into Canadian dollars at the foreign currency exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Exchange gains or 
losses arising from the translation of these balances denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in operating income. Revenues and 
expenses denominated in foreign currencies are translated into Canadian dollars at foreign currency exchange rates that approximate the 
rates in effect at the dates when such items are transacted.  

Short term Employee Benefits Short term employee benefits include wages, salaries, compensated absences, profit-sharing and bonuses. 
Short term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are recognized in operating income as the related 
service is provided or capitalized if the service rendered is in connection with the creation of a tangible or intangible asset. A liability is 
recognized for the amount expected to be paid under short term cash bonus or profit sharing plans if the Company has a present legal or 
constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.  

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Defined Benefit Plans The Company has a number of contributory and non-contributory defined benefit plans providing pension and other 
benefits to eligible employees. The defined benefit pension plans provide a pension based on length of service and eligible pay. The other 
defined benefits include health care, life insurance and dental benefits provided to eligible employees who retire at certain ages having met 
certain service requirements. The Company’s net obligation in respect of defined benefits is calculated separately for each plan. Defined 
benefit plan obligations are actuarially calculated by a qualified actuary at the balance sheet date using the projected unit credit method. 
The actuarial valuations are determined based on management’s best estimate of the discount rate, the expected long term rate of return 
on plan assets, the rate of compensation increase, retirement rates, termination rates, mortality rates and expected growth rate of health 
care costs. The discount rate used to value the defined benefit plan obligation for accounting purposes is based on the yield on a portfolio 
of Corporate AA bonds denominated in the same currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid and with terms to maturity that, on 
average, match the terms of the defined benefit plan obligations. The expected long term rate of return on plan assets is based on current 
market conditions, the asset mix, the active management of defined benefit pension plan assets and historical returns. The expected 
growth rate in health care costs is based on external data and the Company’s historical trends for health care costs. Unrecognized past 
service costs (see below) and the fair value of plan assets are deducted from the defined benefit plan obligations to arrive at the net 
defined benefit plan obligations.  

Past service costs arising from plan amendments are recognized in operating income in the year that they arise to the extent that the 
associated benefits are fully vested. Unvested past service costs are recognized in operating income on a straight-line basis over the vesting 
period of the associated benefits. The interest cost on the defined benefit plan obligation and the expected return on plan assets as 
determined by the actuarial valuations are recognized in net interest expense and other financing charges.  

For plans that resulted in a net defined benefit asset, the recognized asset is limited to the total of any unrecognized past service costs plus 
the present value of economic benefits available in the form of future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan (the 
“asset ceiling”). In order to calculate the present value of economic benefits, consideration is given to minimum funding requirements that 
apply to the plan. If it is anticipated that the Company will not be able to recover the value of the net defined benefit asset, after considering 
minimum funding requirements for future service, the net defined benefit asset is reduced to the amount of the asset ceiling. The effect of the 
asset ceiling is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. 

When the payment in the future of minimum funding requirements related to past service would result in a net defined benefit surplus or an 
increase in a surplus, the minimum funding requirements are recognized as a liability to the extent that the surplus would not be fully available 
as a refund or a reduction in future contributions. Remeasurement of this liability is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss in the 
period in which the remeasurement occurs. 

At each balance sheet date, plan assets are measured at fair value and defined benefit plan obligations are measured using assumptions 
which approximate their fair values at the reporting date, with the resulting actuarial gains and losses from both of these measurements 
recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. 

Defined Contribution Plans The Company maintains a number of defined contribution pension plans for employees in which the Company 
pays fixed contributions for eligible employees into a registered plan and has no further significant obligation to pay any further amounts. The 
amount of the pension benefit is based on accumulated Company contributions and in most plans, employee contributions and investment gains 
and losses. The costs of benefits for defined contribution plans are expensed as contributions are due.  

Multi-Employer Pension Plans The Company participates in multi-employer pension plans which are accounted for as defined contribution 
plans. The Company’s responsibility to make contributions to these plans is established pursuant to its collective agreements. The Company 
does not administer these plans, but rather, the administration and the investment of their assets are controlled by a board of trustees 
generally consisting of an equal number of union and employer representatives. The contributions made by the Company to multi-employer 
plans are expensed as contributions are due. 

54     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Long Term Employee Benefit Plans The Company offers other long term employee benefits including contributory long term 
disability benefits and non-contributory continuation of health care and dental benefits to employees who are on long term disability leave. 
As the amount of the long term disability benefit does not depend on length of service, the obligation is recognized when an event occurs 
that gives rise to an obligation to make payments. The amount of other long term employee benefits is actuarially calculated by a qualified 
actuary at the balance sheet date using the projected unit credit method. The discount rate used to value the other long term employee 
benefit plan obligations is based on the yield on a portfolio of Corporate AA bonds denominated in the same currency in which the benefits 
are expected to be paid and with terms to maturity that, on average, match the terms of the other long term employee benefit plan 
obligations. The interest cost on the other long term employee benefit plan obligations and the expected return on plan assets as 
determined by the actuarial valuations are recognized in net interest expense and other financing charges. At each balance sheet date, 
plan assets are measured at fair value and other long term employee benefit plan obligations are measured using assumptions which 
approximate their fair values at the reporting date, with the resulting actuarial gains and losses from both of these measurements 
recognized immediately in operating income. Past service costs are recognized immediately in operating income in the period in which they 
arise. 

Termination Benefits Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Company is demonstrably committed, without realistic 
possibility of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to either terminate employment before the normal retirement date, or to provide termination 
benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for voluntary redundancies are recognized as an 
expense if the Company has made an offer of voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted and the number of 
acceptances can be estimated reliably. Benefits payable are discounted to their present value when the effect of the time value of money is 
material. 

Stock Option Plan Stock options issued by the Company are settled in common shares and are accounted for as equity-settled stock 
options. These stock options vest in tranches over a three to five year period. The fair value of each tranche of options granted to certain 
employees is measured separately at the grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model, and is recognized as an expense in 
operating income over the vesting period of each tranche, with a corresponding increase in contributed surplus. During the vesting period the 
amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect revised expectations about the number of options expected to vest, such that the 
amount ultimately recognized as an expense is based on the number of awards that meet the vesting conditions. Upon exercise of vested 
options, the amount recognized in contributed surplus for the award plus the cash received upon exercise is recognized as an increase in 
share capital. 

Prior to February 22, 2011, stock options could be settled in shares or in the share appreciation value in cash at the option of the 
employee. These options were accounted for as cash-settled stock options and vested in tranches over a three to five year vesting period; 
accordingly, each tranche was valued separately using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the amount payable to 
employees in respect of these plans was re-measured at each balance sheet date, and a compensation expense was recognized in 
operating income over the vesting period for each tranche with a corresponding change in the liability. Forfeitures were estimated at the 
grant date and were revised to reflect a change in expected or actual forfeitures. 

Restricted Share Unit Plan Restricted Share Unit (“RSU”) grants entitle certain employees to a cash payment equal to the weighted average 
price of a Loblaw common share on the TSX in the five trading days after the end of a performance period ranging from three to five years 
following the date of the award multiplied by the number of units that vest. The Company recognizes a compensation expense in operating 
income for each RSU granted equal to the market value of a Loblaw common share less the net present value of the expected dividend stream 
at the date on which RSUs are awarded to each participant. The compensation expense is prorated over the performance period reflecting 
changes in the market value of a Loblaw common share until the end of the performance period. Forfeitures are estimated at the grant date and 
are revised to reflect a change in expected or actual forfeitures. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Performance Share Unit Plan Performance Share Unit (“PSU”) grants entitle certain employees to a cash payment equal to the weighted 
average price of a Loblaw common share on the TSX in the five trading days preceding the end of a three year performance period multiplied 
by the number of units that vest. The number of units that vest will vary based on the achievement of specified performance measures. The 
Company recognizes a compensation expense in operating income for each PSU expected to vest equal to the market value of a Loblaw 
common share less the net present value of the expected dividend stream at the date on which PSUs are awarded to each participant. The 
compensation expense is prorated over the performance period reflecting changes in the market value of a Loblaw common share and the 
number of PSUs expected to vest until the end of the performance period based on the achievement of the associated performance measures. 
Forfeitures are estimated at the grant date and are revised to reflect a change in expected or actual forfeitures.  

Director Deferred Share Unit Plan Members of the Board, who are not management of the Company, are required to hold a portion of their 
retainers and fees in the form of Director Deferred Share Units (“DSUs”) until they satisfy their required level of equity ownership. Holders of 
DSUs earn dividends in the form of additional fractional DSUs during the holding period. The fractional DSU issued during the holding period is 
treated as additional awards. The Company recognizes an expense in operating income for each DSU granted equal to the market value of a 
Loblaw common share at the date on which DSUs are awarded and records a corresponding liability. After the grant date, the DSU liability is 
re-measured for subsequent changes in the market value of a Loblaw common share. The DSU’s are settled upon termination of Board 
service.  

Executive Deferred Share Unit Plan Under this plan, eligible executives may elect to defer up to 100% of the Short Term Incentive Plan 
(“STIP”) earned in any year into the Executive Deferred Share Unit (“EDSU”) Plan, subject to an overall cap of three times the executive’s base 
salary. All EDSUs held by an executive will be paid out in cash by December 15 of the year following the year in which the executive’s 
employment ceases for any reason. An election to participate in the plan in any year must be made before the beginning of the year and is 
irrevocable. Each EDSU entitles the holder to receive the cash equivalent of a Loblaw common share. The number of EDSUs granted in 
respect of any year will be determined by dividing the STIP compensation that is subject to the EDSU plan election by the market value of the 
Company’s common shares on the date the STIP compensation would otherwise be payable. For this purpose, and for purposes of determining 
the value of an EDSU upon conversion of the EDSUs into cash, the value of the EDSUs will be calculated by using the weighted average of the 
trading prices of the Company’s common shares on the TSX for the five trading days prior to the valuation date. After the grant date, any 
change in fair value is recognized in operating income in the period of the change with a corresponding offset to the liability.  

Employee Share Ownership Plan The Company maintains an Employee Share Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) which allows employees to 
acquire the Company’s common shares through regular payroll deductions of up to 5% of their gross regular earnings. The Company 
contributes an additional 25% of each employee’s contribution to the plan and recognizes a compensation expense in operating income when 
the contribution is made. The ESOP is administered through a trust which purchases the Company’s common shares on the open market on 
behalf of its employees. 

Accounting Standards Implemented in 2012 

Financial Instruments – Disclosures In 2010, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 7, “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”, which increase 
the disclosure requirements for transactions involving transfers of financial assets to help users of the financial statements evaluate the risk 
exposures related to such transfers and the effect of those risks on an entity’s financial position. These amendments are effective and were 
implemented in the first quarter of 2012. For new disclosures, see note 27.  

Deferred Tax – Recovery of Underlying Assets In 2010, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 12, “Income Taxes” (“IAS 12”), that introduce an 
exception to the general measurement requirements of IAS 12 for investment properties measured at fair value. These amendments were 
effective in the first quarter of 2012. As part of its transition to IFRS, the Company elected to account for its investment properties at cost and as 
such, the amendments did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. 

56     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 3. Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments in applying the Company’s 
accounting policies that affect the reported amounts and disclosures made in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  

Within the context of these consolidated financial statements, a judgment is a decision made by management in respect of the application of an 
accounting policy, a recognized or unrecognized financial statement amount and/or note disclosure, following an analysis of relevant 
information that may include estimates and assumptions. Estimates and assumptions are used mainly in determining the measurement of 
balances recognized or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and are based on a set of underlying data that may include 
management’s historical experience, knowledge of current events and conditions and other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances. Management continually evaluates the estimates and judgments it uses. 

The following are the accounting policies subject to judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty that the Company believes could 
have the most significant impact on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s significant accounting 
policies are disclosed in note 2.  

Inventories  

Key Sources of Estimation Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realizable value which requires the Company to utilize 
estimates related to fluctuations in future retail prices, seasonality and costs necessary to sell the inventory.  

Impairment of Non-Financial Assets (Goodwill, Intangible Assets, Fixed Assets and Investment Properties) 

Judgments Made in Relation to Accounting Policies Applied Management is required to use judgment in determining the grouping of 
assets to identify their CGUs for the purposes of testing fixed assets for impairment. Judgment is further required to determine appropriate 
groupings of CGUs, for the level at which goodwill and intangible assets are tested for impairment. The Company has determined that each 
retail location and each investment property is a separate CGU for purposes of fixed asset impairment testing. For the purpose of goodwill and 
indefinite intangible impairment testing, CGUs are grouped at the lowest level at which goodwill and intangibles are monitored for internal 
management purposes. In addition, judgment is used to determine whether a triggering event has occurred requiring an impairment test to be 
completed. 

Key Sources of Estimation In determining the recoverable amount of a CGU or a group of CGUs, various estimates are employed. The 
Company determines fair value less costs to sell using such estimates as market rental rates for comparable properties, recoverable operating 
costs for leases with tenants, non-recoverable operating costs, discount rates, capitalization rates and terminal capitalization rates. The 
Company determines value in use by using estimates including projected future sales, earnings and capital investment consistent with 
strategic plans presented to the Board. Discount rates are consistent with external industry information reflecting the risk associated with the 
specific cash flows.  

Franchise Loan Receivable and Certain Other Financial Assets  

Judgments Made in Relation to Accounting Policies Applied Management reviews franchise loans receivable, trade receivables and 
certain other assets relating to their franchise business at each balance sheet date utilizing judgment to determine whether a triggering event 
has occurred requiring an impairment test to be completed.  

Key Sources of Estimation Management determines the initial fair value of its franchise loans and certain other financial assets using 
discounted cash flow models corroborated by other valuation techniques. The process of determining these fair values requires management 
to make estimates of a long term nature regarding discount rates, projected revenues, and margins, as applicable, derived from past 
experience, actual operating results, budgets and the Company’s five year forecast. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Income and Other Taxes  

Judgments Made in Relation to Accounting Policies Applied The calculation of current and deferred income taxes requires management 
to make certain judgments regarding the tax rules in jurisdictions where the Company performs activities. Application of judgments is required 
regarding classification of transactions and in assessing probable outcomes of claimed deductions including expectations about future 
operating results, the timing and reversal of temporary differences and possible audits of income tax and other tax filings to the tax authorities. 

Post-Employment and Other Long Term Employee Benefits  

Key Sources of Estimation Accounting for the costs of defined benefit pension plans and other applicable post-employment benefits is based 
on using a number of assumptions including estimates for expected return on plan assets. Expected returns on plan assets is based on current 
market conditions, the asset mix, the active management of defined benefit pension plan assets and historical returns. Other key assumptions 
for pension obligations are based in part on actuarial determined data and current market conditions.  

Allowance for Credit Card Receivables  

Key Sources of Estimation The allowance for credit card receivables is measured based upon statistical analysis that includes estimates 
for past and current performance, aging, arrears status, the level of allowance already in place, and management’s interpretation of 
economic conditions and other trends specific to our customer base, including but not limited to bankruptcies. Changes in circumstances 
may cause future assessments of credit risk to be materially different from current assessments, which could require an increase or 
decrease in the allowance for credit card receivables.  

Note 4. Future Accounting Standards 

Unless otherwise indicated, the Company intends to adopt the following standards in its consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2013: 

Consolidated Financial Statements In 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 10, “Consolidated Financial Statements” (“IFRS 10”). This IFRS replaces 
portions of IAS 27, and supersedes SIC-12. IFRS 10 defines principles of control and establishes the basis of determining when and how an 
entity should be included within a set of consolidated financial statements. The standard introduces a single control model that requires an 
entity to consolidate an investee when it has power, exposure to variability in returns and has the ability to use its power over the investee to 
affect its returns, regardless of whether voting rights are present. The adoption of IFRS 10 is not expected to have an impact on the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities In 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 12, “Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities” (“IFRS 12”). This IFRS 
requires extensive disclosures relating to a company’s interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates, and unconsolidated structured 
entities. IFRS 12 enables users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and risks associated with a company’s interests in other 
entities and the effects of those interests on a company’s financial performance and position. The adoption of IFRS 12 is not expected to have 
a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Fair Value Measurement In 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 13, “Fair Value Measurement” (“IFRS 13”), which establishes a single framework 
for the fair value measurement and disclosure of financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. The new standard unifies the definition of 
fair value and also introduces new concepts including ‘highest and best use’ and ‘principle markets’ for non-financial assets and liabilities. 
There are additional disclosure requirements, including increased fair value disclosure for financial instruments for interim financial 
statements. Although the Company expects additional disclosure, it does not anticipate material measurement impacts on its consolidated 
financial statements as a result of the adoption of IFRS 13.  

58     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee Benefits In 2011, the IASB revised IAS 19, “Employee Benefits” (“IAS 19”).The most significant amendments for the Company will 
be the requirement to immediately recognize all unvested past service costs and the replacement of interest cost and expected return on plan 
assets with a net interest amount that is calculated by applying a prescribed discount rate to the net defined benefit liability. Upon 
implementation of these amendments, the Company will restate its annual 2012 consolidated financial statements. The preliminary expected 
impact arising from the adoption of the amendments to IAS 19 is summarized as follows: 

Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income 

Increase (Decrease) 
(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 
Operating Income 
Net interest expense and other financing charges 
Earnings Before Income Taxes 
Income taxes 
Net Earnings 

Other comprehensive income, net of taxes 
Total Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

Increase (Decrease) 
(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Other long term liabilities 

Shareholders' equity 

52 Weeks Ended 
December 29, 2012 
$               1 
$              (1) 
20 
$            (21) 
     (5) 
$            (16) 
15 

$              (1) 

As at  
December 29, 2012 
$              (2) 
$               2 

As a result, in 2013, post-employment and other long term benefits expense will be accounted for on a consistent basis year-over-year. The 
amendments also require enhanced disclosures for defined benefit plans, including additional information on the characteristics and risks of 
those plans.  

Other Standards In addition to the above standards, the Company will be implementing the following standards and amendments effective 
January 1, 2013: IFRS 11, “Joint Arrangements”, IAS 28, “Investments in Associates” and IAS 1, “Presentation of Financial Statements”. The 
Company does not expect a significant impact as a result of these standards and amendments on its consolidated financial statements.  

Financial Instruments In 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 7, “Financial Instruments: Disclosures” and IAS 32, “Financial 
Instruments: Presentation”, these amendments are required to be applied for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The Company 
does not expect any significant impacts on its consolidated financial statements as a result of these amendments. 

In 2010, the IASB issued a new standard, IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” (“IFRS 9”), which will ultimately replace IAS 39, “Financial 
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” (“IAS 39”). The replacement of IAS 39 is a three-phase project with the objective of improving 
and simplifying the reporting for financial instruments. The issuance of IFRS 9 is the first phase of the project, which provides guidance on 
the classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities. This standard becomes effective on January 1, 2015, with 
early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the new standard on its consolidated financial statements. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 5. Net Interest Expense and Other Financing Charges 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Interest expense and other financing charges: 

Long term debt 
Defined benefit and other long term employee benefit plan obligations 
Borrowings related to credit card receivables 
Independent funding trusts 
Dividends on capital securities 
Less: capitalized interest (capitalization rate 6.4% (2011 – 6.4%)) 

Interest income: 

Expected return on pension benefit plan assets 
Accretion income 
Short term interest income 
Security deposits 
Financial derivative instruments 

Net interest expense and other financing charges 

Note 6. Income Taxes 

Income taxes recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings were as follows: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Current income taxes: 

Current period 
Adjustment in respect of prior periods 

Deferred income taxes: 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences 

Adjustment in respect of prior periods 

2012 

2011 

$       285  
87  
37 
15 
14 
(1) 
437 

(79) 
(18) 
(8) 
(1) 
– 
(106) 
$       331  

$       282  
90  
41 
16 
14 
(1) 
442 

(80) 
(20) 
(7) 
– 
(8) 
(115) 
$       327  

2012 

2011 

$       257 
(19) 
$       238 

(31) 

8 

(23) 

$       239 
(4) 
$       235 

53 
– 

53 

Income taxes  

$       215 

$       288 

Income tax recovery recognized in other comprehensive loss was as follows: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss 

Other comprehensive loss 

60     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

2012 

(8) 

2011 

(72) 

$          (8) 

$        (72) 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The effective income tax rate in the consolidated statements of earnings was reported at rates different than the weighted average basic 
Canadian federal and provincial statutory income tax rates for the following reasons: 

Weighted average basic Canadian federal and provincial statutory income tax rate 

Net increase (decrease) resulting from: 

Effect of tax rate in foreign jurisdictions 
Non-deductible (taxable) items 
Impact of statutory income tax rate changes on deferred income tax balances 
Adjustments in respect of prior periods 

Effective income tax rate applicable to earnings before income taxes 

2012 

26.0% 

(0.4) 
0.5 
(0.4) 
(0.8) 
24.9% 

2011 

27.7% 

0.2 
(0.3) 
– 
(0.4) 
27.2% 

Unrecognized deferred tax assets Deferred income tax assets were not recognized on the consolidated balance sheet in respect of the 
following items: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Deductible temporary differences 
Income tax losses 
Unrecognized deferred tax assets 

2012 

$            5 
22 
 $          27 

2011 

$            – 
15 

$          15 

The income tax losses expire in the years 2027 to 2032. The deductible temporary differences do not expire under current income tax 
legislation. Deferred income tax assets were not recognized in respect of these items because it is not probable that future taxable income 
will be available to the Company to utilize the benefits. 

Recognized deferred tax assets Deferred tax assets and liabilities were attributable to the following: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Trade and other payables 
Other liabilities 
Fixed assets 
Other assets 
Losses carried forward (expiring 2029 to 2032) 
Other 

Net deferred income tax assets 

Recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as follows: 

Deferred income tax assets 

Deferred income tax liabilities 

Net deferred income tax assets 

As at 

As at 

December 29, 2012 

December 31, 2011 

$          65 
322 
(311) 
(9) 
162 
13 

$         242 

260 

(18) 

$           54 
299 
(208) 
(22) 
73 
15 

$         211 

232 

(21) 

$         242 

$         211 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 7. Basic and Diluted Net Earnings per Common Share  

(millions of Canadian dollars except where otherwise indicated) 

Net earnings for basic earnings per share  
Impact of dividends on capital securities 

Impact of equity forwards 

Net earnings for diluted earnings per share  

Weighted average common shares outstanding (note 21) (in millions) 
Dilutive effect of capital securities (in millions) 
Dilutive effect of share-based compensation (in millions) 
Dilutive effect of equity forwards (in millions) 
Dilutive effect of certain other liabilities (in millions) 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding  

Basic net earnings per common share ($) 

Diluted net earnings per common share ($) 

2012 

$         650 
− 

(3) 

2011 

$          769 
14 

− 

$         647 

$          783 

281.4 
− 
0.3 
0.7 
0.8 

283.2 

281.6 
6.2 
0.7 
− 
0.9 

289.4 

$        2.31 

$        2.28 

$         2.73 

$         2.71 

Excluded from the computation of diluted net EPS were 19,359,979 (2011 – 8,248,090) potentially dilutive instruments, as they were anti-
dilutive. 

Note 8. Cash and Cash Equivalents, Short Term Investments and Security Deposits 

The components of cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits were as follows: 

As at 

As at 

December 29, 2012 

December 31, 2011 

$          185  

$          232  

279 
322 
−  
238 
11 
44 

150 
227 
170 
132 
− 
55 

$       1,079 

$          966 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Cash 
Cash equivalents: 
    Bankers’ acceptances 
    Government treasury bills  
    Bank term deposits 
    Corporate commercial paper 

Government agencies securities 

    Other 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

62     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Short Term Investments 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Bankers’ acceptances 
Government treasury bills  
Corporate commercial paper 
Government agencies securities 
Other 

Total short term investments 

Security Deposits 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Cash 
Government treasury bills 
Government agencies securities 
Total security deposits 

As at 

As at 

December 29, 2012 

December 31, 2011 

$           33 
282 
151 
237 
13 

$         716 

$           − 
252 
280 
221 
1 

$       754 

As at 

As at 

December 29, 2012 

December 31, 2011 

$           90 
126 
36 
$         252 

$         85 
108 
73 
$       266 

During 2012, the Company entered into agreements to cash collateralize certain of its uncommitted credit facilities up to an amount of $133 
million (2011 – $88 million) of which $97 million (2011 – $85 million) was deposited with major financial institutions and classified as security 
deposits as at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. 

Note 9. Accounts Receivable 

The following is an aging of the Company’s accounts receivable as at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

2012 

2011 

Accounts receivable 

Current 
403 

> 30 days 
39 

> 60 days 
14 

Total 
456 

Current 
371 

> 30 days 
37 

> 60 days 
59 

Total 
467 

The following are continuities of the Company’s allowances for uncollectable accounts receivable: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Allowance, beginning of year 
Net reversals (additions) 

Allowance, end of year 

2012 

$        (112) 
2 

$        (110) 

2011 

$      (105) 
(7) 

$      (112) 

Of the balance of accounts receivable that are past due as at December 29, 2012, $16 million (December 31, 2011 – $19 million) were not 
classified as impaired as their past due status was reasonably expected to be remedied. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     63 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 10. Credit Card Receivables 

The components of credit card receivables were as follows:  

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Gross credit card receivables 
Allowance for credit card receivables 
Credit card receivables 
Securitized to Independent Securitization Trusts 
    Securitized to Eagle Credit Card Trust(1) 
    Securitized to Other Independent Securitization Trusts(2) 

As at 
December 29, 2012 
$         2,348 
(43) 
2,305 

As at 
December 31, 2011 
$         2,138 
(37) 
2,101 

600 
905 

600 
905 

(1)  The Company consolidates Eagle, as a SPE as defined in SIC-12. The associated liability of Eagle is recorded in long term debt and long term debt due within one year. 
(2)  The associated liabilities of Other Independent Securitization Trusts are recorded in short term debt.  

The Company, through PC Bank, participates in various securitization programs that provide the primary source of funds for the operation of its 
credit card business. PC Bank sells credit card receivables to these Independent Securitization Trusts, including Eagle and Other Independent 
Securitization Trusts, from time to time depending on PC Bank’s financing requirements. 

The credit card receivables associated with the Other Independent Securitization Trusts are not derecognized by the Company since PC Bank 
is required to absorb a portion of the related credit card losses. As a result, the Company has not transferred substantially all of the risks and 
rewards relating to these assets and continues to recognize these assets in credit card receivables. The associated liabilities are secured by the 
credit card receivables and are accounted for as financing transactions. The associated liabilities are included in short term debt based on their 
characteristics and are carried at amortized cost (see note 18).  

The Company has arranged letters of credit on behalf of PC Bank, representing 9% (2011 – 9%) of the outstanding securitized liability for 
the benefit of the Other Independent Securitization Trusts in the amount of $81 million (2011 – $81 million). In the event of a major decline 
in the income flow from or in the value of the securitized credit card receivables, the Other Independent Securitization Trusts can draw 
upon these letters of credit to recover up to a maximum of the amount outstanding on the letters of credit. Under its securitization 
programs, PC Bank is required to maintain at all times a credit card receivable pool balance equal to a minimum of 107% of the 
outstanding securitized liability and was in compliance with this requirement throughout the year. 

The following are continuities of the Company’s allowances for credit card receivables: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Allowances, beginning of year 
Provision for losses 
Recoveries 
Write-offs 

Allowances, end of year 

2012 

$            (37) 
(98) 
(12) 
104 

$            (43) 

2011 

$            (34) 
(87) 
(14) 
98 

$            (37) 

The allowance for credit card receivables recorded in credit card receivables on the consolidated balance sheets is maintained at a level 
which is considered adequate to absorb credit related losses on credit card receivables. 

64     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The following is an aging of the Company’s gross credit card receivables as at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

2012 

Gross credit card receivables 

Current 
2,213 

1-90 days 
past due 
113 

> 90 days 
past due 
22 

Total 
2,348 

Current 
2,024 

2011 

1-90 days 
past due 
93 

> 90 days 
past due 
21 

Total 
2,138 

Credit card receivables are considered past due when a cardholder has not made a payment by the contractual due date, taking into 
account a grace period. The amount of credit card receivables that fall within the grace period is considered current. Credit card 
receivables past due but not impaired are those receivables that are either less than 90 days past due or whose past due status is 
reasonably expected to be remedied. Any credit card receivables with a payment that is contractually 180 days in arrears, or where the 
likelihood of collection is considered remote, is written off. 

Note 11. Inventories  

For inventories recorded as at December 29, 2012, the Company recorded $14 million (2011 – $20 million) for the write-down of inventories 
below cost to net realizable value. The write-down was included in cost of merchandise inventories sold in the consolidated statements of 
earnings. There were no reversals of previously recorded write-downs of inventories during 2012 and 2011. 

Note 12. Assets Held for Sale  

The Company holds land and buildings that it intends to dispose of in the next 12 months as assets held for sale. These assets were 
previously used in the Company’s retail business segment. In 2012, impairment and other charges of $1 million were recognized (2011 – $3 
million) on these properties. During 2012, the Company recorded a $4 million gain (2011 – $19 million gain) from the sale of these assets. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     65 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 13. Fixed Assets 

The following are continuities of the cost and accumulated depreciation of fixed assets for the years ended December 29, 2012 and 
December 31, 2011: 

2012 

Land 

Buildings 

Equipment 
 and Fixtures 

Leasehold 
Improvements 

Finance  
Leases - Land, 
Buildings, 
Equipment  
and Fixtures 

Assets Under 
Construction 

Total 

$  1,658 
– 
(8) 
(9) 

$   6,308 
22 
(20) 
(25) 

$   5,410 
19 
(83) 
– 

$       723 
22 
(9) 
– 

$      510 
73 
(28) 
– 

$      646 
957 
– 
– 

$   15,255 
1,093 
(148) 
(34) 

(3) 

1 

– 

– 

(1) 

– 

(3) 

12 
$  1,650 

269 
$   6,555 

604 
$   5,950 

54 
$       790 

– 
$      554 

(939) 
$      664 

– 
$   16,163 

$         9 
– 
2 
(3) 
– 
– 

$   2,132 
177 
32 
(25) 
(7) 
(15) 

(1) 
$         7 

4 
$   2,298 

$   3,745 
489 
7 
– 
(65) 
– 

– 
$   4,176 

$       392 
46 
4 
– 
(9) 
– 

– 
$       433 

$      245 
43 
4 
– 
(24) 
– 

1 
$      269 

$          7 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

$     6,530 
755 
49 
(28) 
(105) 
(15) 

– 
$          7 

4 
$     7,190 

$  1,643 

$   4,257 

$   1,774 

$       357 

$      285 

$      657 

$     8,973 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Cost 
Balance, beginning of year 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfer to assets held for sale 
Transfer (to)/from investment 

properties 

Transfer from assets under 

construction 

Balance, end of year 
Accumulated depreciation and 

impairment losses 
Balance, beginning of year 
Depreciation 
Impairment losses 
Reversal of impairment losses 
Disposals 
Transfer to assets held for sale 
Transfer (to)/from investment 

properties 

Balance, end of year 

Carrying amount as at:  
    December 29, 2012 

66     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011 

Land 

Buildings 

Equipment 
 and Fixtures 

Leasehold 
Improvements 

$   1,537 
– 
– 
5 
(1) 

$   5,822 
2 
(5) 
(9) 
(3) 

117 
$   1,658 

501 
$   6,308 

$          6 
– 
3 
(3) 
– 
2 
– 

$   1,957 
179 
23 
(30) 
(5) 
(3) 
(2) 

1 
$          9 

13 
$   2,132 

$   4,815 
16 
(75) 
– 
– 

654 
$   5,410 

$   3,389 
429 
3 
(1) 
(58) 
– 
– 

(17) 
$   3,745 

$       608 
16 
(7) 
– 
– 

106 
$      723 

$      350 
38 
7 
– 
(6) 
– 
– 

3 
$      392 

Finance  
Leases - Land, 
Buildings, 
Equipment  
and Fixtures 

Assets Under 
Construction 

Total 

$      435 
76 
– 
– 
(1) 

– 
$      510 

$      205 
37 
3 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
$      245 

$    1,074 
950 
– 
– 
– 

$   14,291 
1,060 
(87) 
(4) 
(5) 

(1,378) 
$       646 

– 
$   15,255 

$           7 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

$     5,914 
683 
39 
(34) 
(69) 
(1) 
(2) 

– 
$           7 

– 
$     6,530 

$   1,649 

$   4,176 

$   1,665 

$      331 

$      265 

$       639 

$     8,725 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Cost 
Balance, beginning of year 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfer (to)/from assets held for sale 
Transfer to investment properties 
Transfer from assets under 

construction 

Balance, end of year 
Accumulated depreciation and 

impairment losses 
Balance, beginning of year 
Depreciation 
Impairment losses 
Reversal of impairment losses 
Disposals 
Transfer (to)/from assets held for sale 
Transfer to investment properties 
Transfer to/(from) assets under 

construction 

Balance, end of year 

Carrying amount as at:  
    December 31, 2011 

Assets Held under Finance Leases The Company leases various land and buildings, and equipment and fixtures under a number of finance 
lease arrangements. As at December 29, 2012, the net carrying amount of leased land and buildings was $259 million (December 31, 2011 – 
$223 million), and the net carrying amount of leased equipment and fixtures was $26 million (December 31, 2011 – $42 million). 

Assets under Construction The cost of additions to properties under construction for the year ended December 29, 2012 was $957 million 
(December 31, 2011 – $950 million). Included in this amount are capitalized borrowing costs of $1 million (2011 – $1 million), with a weighted 
average capitalization rate of 6.4% (2011 – 6.4%). 

Security and Assets Pledged As at December 29, 2012, fixed assets with a carrying amount of $191 million (December 31, 2011 – $194 
million) were encumbered by mortgages of $93 million (December 31, 2011 – $96 million).  

Fixed Asset Commitments As at December 29, 2012, the Company had entered into commitments of $60 million (2011 – $52 million) for the 
construction, expansion and renovation of buildings and the purchase of real property. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Impairment Losses For the year ended December 29, 2012, the Company recorded $49 million (2011 − $39 million) of impairment losses 
on fixed assets in respect of 17 CGUs (2011 − 21 CGUs) in the retail operating segment. Impairment losses are recorded where the 
carrying amount of the retail location exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount was based on the greater of the CGU’s fair 
value less costs to sell and its value in use. Approximately 35% (2011 − 52%) of impaired CGUs had carrying values which were $26 
million (2011 − $24 million) greater than their fair value less costs to sell. The remaining 65% (2011 − 48%) of impaired CGUs had carrying 
values which were $23 million (2011 − $15 million) greater than their value in use. 

For the year ended December 29, 2012, the Company recorded $28 million (2011 − $34 million) of impairment reversals on fixed assets in 
respect of 11 CGUs (2011 − 17 CGUs) in the retail operating segment. Impairment reversals are recorded where the recoverable amount of 
the retail location exceeds its carrying amount. Approximately 55% (2011 − 71%) of CGUs with impairment reversals had fair value less 
costs to sell which were $15 million (2011 − $24 million) greater than their carrying values. The remaining 45% (2011 − 29%) of CGUs with 
impairment reversals had value in use which were $13 million (2011 − $10 million) greater than carrying values. 

When determining the value in use of a retail location, the Company develops a discounted cash flow model for each CGU. The duration of 
the cash flow projections for individual CGUs varies based on the remaining useful life of the significant asset within the CGU. Sales 
forecasts for cash flows are based on actual operating results, operating budgets, and long term growth rates that were consistent with 
industry averages, all of which is consistent with strategic plans presented to the Company’s Board. The estimate of the value in use of the 
relevant CGUs was determined using a pre-tax discount rate of 8.0% to 8.5% at December 29, 2012 (December 31, 2011 – 8.75% to 
9.25%). 

Note 14. Investment Properties 

The following are continuities of investment properties: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Cost 
Balance, beginning of year 
Disposals  
Transfer from fixed assets 
Transfer from assets held for sale 
Balance, end of year 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses 
Balance, beginning of year 
Depreciation 
Impairment losses 
Reversal of impairment losses 
Transfer (to)/from fixed assets 
Transfer to assets held for sale 
Balance, end of year 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Carrying amount 
Fair value 

68     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

2012 

2011 

$       158 
– 
3 
8 
$       169 

$         76 
2 
1 
(4) 
(4) 
(2) 
$         69 

2012 
$       100 
$       125 

$       151 
(1) 
5 
3 
$       158 

$         77 
1 
2 
(6) 
2 
– 
$         76 

2011 
$         82 
$       109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During 2012, the Company recognized in operating income $5 million of rental income (2011 – $5 million) and incurred direct operating costs 
of $3 million (2011 – $3 million) related to its investment properties. In addition, the Company recognized direct operating costs of $1 million 
(2011 – $1 million) related to its investment properties for which no rental income was earned. 

An external, independent valuation company, having appropriate recognized professional qualifications and recent experience in the location 
and category of property being valued, provided appraisals for certain of the Company’s investment properties. For the other investment 
properties, the Company determined the fair value by relying on comparable market information and the independent manager of the 
Company’s investment properties. Where available, the fair values are based on market values, being the estimated amount for which a 
property could be exchanged on the date of the valuation between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm’s length transaction after 
proper marketing wherein the parties had each acted knowledgeably and willingly. Where market values are not available, valuations are 
prepared using the income approach by considering the estimated cash flows expected from renting out the property based on existing lease 
terms and where appropriate, the ability to renegotiate the lease terms once the initial term or option term(s) expire plus the net proceeds from 
a sale of the property at the end of the investment horizon.  

The valuations of investment properties using the income approach include assumptions as to market rental rates for properties of similar size  
and condition located within the same geographical areas, recoverable operating costs for leases with tenants, non-recoverable operating costs, 
vacancy periods, tenant inducements and capitalization rates for the purposes of determining the estimated net proceeds from the sale of the 
property. At December 29, 2012, the pre-tax discount rates used in the valuations for investment properties ranged from 6.0% to 9.75% 
(December 31, 2011 – 6.0% to 10.0%) and the terminal capitalization rates ranged from 5.75% to 8.75% (December 31, 2011 – 5.75% to 9.25%). 

For the year ended December 29, 2012, the Company recorded in operating income $1 million (2011 − $2 million) in impairment losses on 
investment properties as the carrying amounts of all impaired properties were higher than their recoverable amounts. The Company also 
recorded reversals of impairment losses on investment properties of $4 million (2011 – $6 million) in operating income where their fair values 
less costs to sell were greater than their carrying values. The main factor contributing to the impairment of investment properties was external 
economic factors. 

Note 15. Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

The following are continuities of the cost and accumulated amortization of goodwill and intangible assets for the years ended December 29, 
2012 and December 31, 2011: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Cost 
Balance, beginning of year 
Additions 
Reclassification 
Write off of cost for fully amortized assets 
Balance, end of year 
Accumulated amortization and impairment losses 
Balance, beginning of year 
Amortization 
Write off of amortization for fully amortized assets 
Balance, end of year 
Carrying amount as at: 
    December 29, 2012 

Indefinite Life Intangible 
Assets and Goodwill 

            Other 
     Intangible 
              Assets(1) 

$        51 
11 
− 
− 
$        62 

$          – 
− 
− 
$          − 

Goodwill 

$    1,937 
− 
(5) 
− 
$    1,932 

$       989 
− 
− 
$       989 

2012 

Definite Life 
Intangible Assets 
Internally 
Generated 
Intangible 
Assets 

Other  
Intangible  
Assets 

$        20 
− 
− 
− 
$        20 

$          8 
6 
− 
$        14 

$       43 
32 
5 
(4) 
$       76 

$       25 
9 
(4) 
$       30 

Total 

$   2,051 
43 
− 
(4) 
$   2,090 

$   1,022 
15 
(4) 
$   1,033 

$       943 

$        62 

$          6 

$       46 

$   1,057 

(1)  Includes trademark and brand names resulting from the Company’s acquisition of T&T Supermarket Inc. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Cost 
Balance, beginning of year 
Additions 
Write off of cost for fully amortized assets 
Balance, end of year 
Accumulated amortization and impairment losses 
Balance, beginning of year 
Amortization 
Write off of amortization for fully amortized assets 
Balance, end of year 
Carrying amount as at: 
    December 31, 2011 

Indefinite Life Intangible 
Assets and Goodwill 

Other 
Intangible 
Assets(1) 

$        51 
− 
− 
$        51 

$          – 
− 
− 
$          − 

Goodwill 

$    1,929 
8 
− 
$    1,937 

$       989 
− 
− 
$       989 

2011 

Definite Life 
Intangible Assets 
Internally 
Generated 
Intangible Assets 

Other  
Intangible  
Assets 

$        18 
2 
− 
$        20 

$          2 
6 
− 
$          8 

$       42 
4 
(3) 
$       43 

$       23 
5 
(3) 
$       25 

Total 

$   2,040 
14 
(3) 
$   2,051 

$   1,014 
11 
(3) 
$   1,022 

$       948 

$        51 

$        12 

$       18 

$   1,029 

(1)  Includes trademark and brand names resulting from the Company’s acquisition of T&T Supermarket Inc.   

During 2012, the Company had $43 million (2011 – $14 million) of goodwill and intangible asset additions, including $31 million (2011 – nil) 
related to the purchase of prescription files from 106 Zellers Inc. stores, which were classified as definite life intangible assets.  

Indefinite Life Intangible Assets and Goodwill For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, the Company’s CGUs were grouped at the 
lowest level at which goodwill was monitored for internal management purposes. The carrying amount of goodwill attributed to each CGU 
grouping was as follows: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Quebec region 
T&T Supermarket Inc. 
All other 

Carrying amount of goodwill 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

$         700 
129 
114 

$         943 

$          700 
129 
119 

$          948 

The Company completed its annual impairment tests for goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets and concluded that there was no 
impairment.  

Key Assumptions The key assumptions used to calculate the recoverable amount for the fair value less costs to sell are those regarding 
discount rates, growth rates and expected changes in margins. 

Cash flow projections have been discounted using a range of rates derived from the Company’s after-tax weighted average cost of capital 
adjusted for specific risks relating to each CGU. At December 29, 2012, the after-tax discount rates used in the recoverable amount 
calculations were approximately 9.5% (December 31, 2011 – 7.0% to 9.5%). The pre-tax discount rate ranged from 12.8% – 13.0% 
(December 31, 2011 – 9.4% to 12.8%). 

The Company included a minimum of five years of cash flows in its discounted cash flow model. The cash flow forecasts were extrapolated 
beyond the five year period using estimated long term growth rates ranging from 0.9% to 2.0% (December 31, 2011 – 1.5% to 2.0%). The 
budgeted EBITDA(2) growth is based on the Company’s five year strategic plan approved by the Board.  

(2)  See Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 37 of the Company’s Management’s Discussion & Analysis. 

70     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensitivity to Changes in Key Assumptions For the T&T Supermarket Inc. (“T&T”) CGU, two key assumptions were identified that if 
changed could cause the carrying amount to exceed its recoverable amount. A change in the discount rate or terminal growth rate of 
approximately 75 basis points or 125 basis points respectively would cause the estimated recoverable amount to equal the carrying amount 
(December 31, 2011 – 75 basis points or 125 basis points). The values assigned to the key assumptions represent the Company’s 
assessment of the future performance of T&T and are based on both external and internal sources of information. The Company does not 
believe that any changes in key assumptions will have a significant impact on the determination of the recoverable amount of the Company’s 
other CGUs to which goodwill is allocated.  

Note 16. Other Assets  

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Fair value of cross currency swaps (note 27) 
Sundry investments and other receivables 
Other 
Other assets 

Note 17. Provisions  

As at 
December 29, 2012  

As at 
December 31, 2011  

$          98 
159 
32 
$        289 

$        103 
166 
32 
$        301 

Provisions consist primarily of amounts recorded in respect of restructuring, self-insurance, commodity taxes, environmental and 
decommissioning liabilities and onerous lease arrangements. The following are continuities relating to the Company’s provisions:  

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Provisions, beginning of year 
Additions 
Payments 
Reversals 
Provisions, end of year 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as follows: 

Current portion of provisions 
Non-current portion of provisions 

Total provisions 

2012 
$         85 
80 
(20) 
(8) 
$       137 

2011 
$        105 
56 
(50) 
(26) 
$          85 

2012 

2011 

$         78 
59 
$       137 

$          35 
50 
$          85 

During 2012, the Company reduced a number of head office and administrative positions, affecting approximately 700 jobs. The Company 
recorded a charge of $61 million to reflect the costs of these reductions. As at December 29, 2012, $45 million was included in provisions 
and $6 million was included in other liabilities related to this charge. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 18. Short Term Debt 

The outstanding short term debt balances relate to the associated liabilities of the independent securitization trusts, excluding Eagle, which 
is included in long term debt (see note 19). During 2012, PC Bank amended and extended the maturity date for two of its independent 
securitization trust agreements from the third quarter of 2013 to the second quarter of 2015, with all other terms and conditions remaining 
substantially the same. 

During 2012, PC Bank did not securitize any credit card receivables (2011 – $370 million). In addition to PC Bank’s securitized credit card 
receivables, the independent securitization trusts’ recourse is limited to standby letters of credit arranged by the Company as at December 
29, 2012 of $81 million (December 31, 2011 – $81 million) which is based on a portion of the securitized amount (see note 30). 

72     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 19. Long Term Debt  

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Loblaw Companies Limited Notes 

5.40%, due 2013 
6.00%, due 2014 
4.85%, due 2014 
7.10%, due 2016 
5.22%, due 2020 
6.65%, due 2027 
6.45%, due 2028 
6.50%, due 2029 
11.40%, due 2031 
      Principal 
      Effect of coupon repurchase 
6.85%, due 2032 
6.54%, due 2033 
8.75%, due 2033 
6.05%, due 2034 
6.15%, due 2035 
5.90%, due 2036  
6.45%, due 2039 
7.00%, due 2040 
5.86%, due 2043 
US Private Placement Notes 
        6.48%, due 2013 (USD $150 million) 
        6.86%, due 2015 (USD $150 million) 
Long Term Debt Secured by Mortgage 
        5.49%, due 2018 (note 13) 
Guaranteed Investment Certificates 
        Due 2013 – 2017 (0.85% – 3.78%) 
Independent Securitization Trusts(1) 

Eagle Credit Card Trust, 2.88%, due 2013 
Eagle Credit Card Trust, 3.58%, due 2015 

Independent Funding Trusts 
Finance Lease Obligations (note 26) 
Transaction costs and other 

Total long term debt 
Less amount due within one year 

Long Term Debt  

As at 

As at 

December 29, 2012 

December 31, 2011 

$          200 
100 
350 
300 
350 
100 
200 
175 

$          200 
100 
350 
300 
350 
100 
200 
175 

151 
(76) 
200 
200 
200 
200 
200 
300 
200 
150 
55 

150 
150 

88 

303 

250 
350 
459 
366 
(2) 

151 
(85) 
200 
200 
200 
200 
200 
300 
200 
150 
55 

153 
153 

91 

276 

250 
350 
424 
334 
3 

5,669 
672 

5,580 
87 

$       4,997 

$       5,493 

(1)  The notes issued by Eagle are medium term notes which are collateralized by PC Bank’s credit card receivables (see note 10).  

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Loblaw Companies Limited Notes During 2011, a $350 million 6.50% medium term note (“MTN”) due January 19, 2011 matured and was 
repaid. 

Guaranteed Investment Certificates During 2012, PC Bank sold $76 million (2011 – $264 million) in guaranteed investment certificates 
(“GICs”) through independent brokers. In addition, during 2012, $49 million (2011 – $6 million) of GICs matured and were repaid. As at 
December 29, 2012, $303 million (December 31, 2011 – $276 million) of outstanding GICs were recorded in long term debt, of which $36 
million (December 31, 2011 - $46 million) were recorded as long term debt due within one year. 

Independent Securitization Trusts During 2011, Eagle repaid $500 million senior and subordinated notes due March 17, 2011. 

Independent Funding Trusts During 2012, the Company amended and increased the size of the revolving committed credit facility that is 
the source of funding to the independent funding trusts from $475 million to $575 million. Other terms and conditions remain substantially 
the same. This facility bears interest at variable rates and expires in 2014. As at December 29, 2012, the independent funding trusts had 
drawn $459 million (December 31, 2011 – $424 million) from this committed credit facility. 

The Company provides credit enhancement in the form of a standby letter of credit for the benefit of the independent funding trusts 
representing not less than 10% (2011 – 10%) of the principal amount of the loans outstanding. As at December 29, 2012, the Company 
had provided a letter of credit in the amount of $48 million (December 31, 2011 – $48 million). 

Committed Credit Facility During 2012, the Company renewed and extended its existing $800 million committed credit facility to March 
2017. Interest is based on a floating rate, primarily the bankers’ acceptance rate and an applicable margin based on the Company’s credit 
rating. As at December 29, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all of its covenants (see note 22). As at December 29, 2012, and 
December 31, 2011, there were no amounts drawn upon the Credit Facility. 

Schedule of Repayments The schedule of repayment of long term debt, based on maturity is as follows: 2013 − $672 million; 2014 − $979 
million; 2015 − $545 million; 2016 − $432 million; 2017 − $96 million; thereafter − $2,951 million. See note 27 for disclosure of the fair value 
of long term debt. 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

$       531 
116 

24 
20 
160 

$       579 
118 

32 
15 
173 

 $       851 

 $       917 

Note 20. Other Liabilities 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Defined benefit plan liability (note 24) 
Other long term employee benefit liability 

Deferred vendor allowances 
Share-based compensation liability (note 23)    
Other 

Other liabilities 

74     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Note 21. Share Capital 

First Preferred Shares (authorized – 1.0 million shares) There were no non-voting First Preferred Shares outstanding at year end. 

Second Preferred Shares, Series A (authorized – 12.0 million shares) The Company has outstanding 9.0 million 5.95% non-voting 
Second Preferred Shares, Series A, with a face value of $225 million, which were issued for net proceeds of $218 million, and entitle the 
holder to a fixed cumulative preferred cash dividend of $1.4875 per share per annum which, if declared, will be payable quarterly. These 
preferred shares which are presented as capital securities on the consolidated balance sheets are classified as other financial liabilities, and 
measured using the effective interest method. During 2012, the Board declared dividends of $1.4875 (2011 – $1.4875) per Second 
Preferred Share, Series A which are included as a component of net interest expense and other financing charges on the consolidated 
statements of earnings (see note 5). Subsequent to year end, the Board declared a dividend of $0.37 per Second Preferred Share, Series A 
payable April 30, 2013.  

On and after July 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 the Company may, at its option, redeem for cash, in whole or in part, these outstanding 
preferred shares for $25.75, $25.50 and $25.00 respectively. On and after July 31, 2013, the Company may, at its option, convert these 
preferred shares into that number of common shares of the Company determined by dividing the then applicable redemption price, together 
with all accrued and unpaid dividends to but excluding the date of conversion, by the greater of $2.00 and 95% of the then current market 
price of the common shares. On and after July 31, 2015, these outstanding preferred shares are convertible, at the option of the holder, into 
that number of common shares of the Company determined by dividing $25.00, together with accrued and unpaid dividends to but excluding 
the date of conversion, by the greater of $2.00 and 95% of the then current market price of the common shares. This option is subject to the 
Company’s right to redeem the preferred shares for cash or arrange for their sale to substitute purchasers.  

Common Shares (authorized – unlimited) Common shares issued are fully paid and have no par value. The activity in the common 
shares issued and outstanding during the year was as follows: 

   2012 

   2011 

Number of 
Common Shares 

Common  
Share Capital  

Number of  
Common Shares 

Common  
Share Capital  

Issued and outstanding, beginning of year 

281,385,318 

$        1,540 

280,578,130 

$         1,475 

Common shares issued: 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan 

Stock options 

Purchased for cancellation 

– 

718,544 

(423,705) 

– 

29 

 (2) 

Issued and outstanding, end of year 

281,680,157 

$        1,567 

Weighted average outstanding 

281,438,799 

1,142,380 

686,794 

(1,021,986) 

281,385,318 

281,601,124 

43 

28 

 (6) 

$         1,540 

During 2012, the Company amended its dividend policy to state: the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common 
shares and the amount thereof are at the discretion of the Board which takes into account the Company’s financial results, capital 
requirements, available cash flow, future prospects of the Company’s business and other factors considered relevant from time to time. 
Over the long term, it is the Company’s intention to increase the amount of the dividend while retaining appropriate free cash flow to 
finance future growth. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Board raised the quarterly dividend by approximately 4.8% to $0.22 per 
common share. During 2012, the Board declared dividends of $0.85 (2011 – $0.84) per common share. Subsequent to year end, the Board 
declared a quarterly dividend of $0.22 per common share payable April 1, 2013. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Normal Course Issuer Bid During 2012, the Company renewed its Normal Course Issuer Bid (“NCIB”) to purchase on the TSX, or to enter 
into equity derivatives to purchase, up to 14,070,352 (2011 – 14,096,437) of the Company’s common shares, representing approximately 
5% of the common shares outstanding. In accordance with the rules and by-laws of the TSX, the Company may purchase its shares at the 
then market price of such shares. During 2012, the Company purchased for cancellation 423,705 (2011 – 1,021,986) common shares 
under the NCIB, resulting in a charge to retained earnings of $14 million (2011 – $33 million) for the premium on the common shares and a 
reduction in common share capital of $2 million (2011 – $6 million).  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan During 2011, the Company issued 1,142,380 common shares from treasury under the Dividend Reinvestment 
Plan (“DRIP”) at a three percent (3%) discount to market resulting in incremental equity in the Company of $43 million. The Board approved the 
discontinuance of the DRIP after the dividend payment on April 1, 2011. The DRIP raised approximately $330 million total common share equity 
since 2009. 

Note 22. Capital Management 

In order to manage its capital structure, the Company, among other activities, may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, 
purchase shares for cancellation pursuant to its NCIB, issue new shares or issue or repay long term debt with the objective of: 

ensuring sufficient liquidity is available to support its financial obligations and to execute its operating and strategic plans; 

 
  maintaining financial capacity and flexibility through access to capital to support future development of the business; 
  minimizing the after-tax cost of its capital while taking into consideration current and future industry, market and economic risks and 

conditions; 
utilizing short term funding sources to manage its working capital requirements and long term funding sources to manage the long 
term capital expenditures of the business; and 
targeting credit rating metrics consistent with those of investment grade companies. 

 

 

The Company has policies in place which govern debt financing plans and risk management strategies for liquidity, interest rates and 
foreign exchange. These policies outline measures and targets for managing capital, including a range for leverage consistent with the 
desired credit rating. Management and the Audit Committee regularly review the Company’s compliance with, and performance against, 
these policies. In addition, Management regularly reviews these policies to ensure they remain consistent with the risk tolerance acceptable 
to the Company.  

In December 2012, the Company filed a Short Form Base Shelf Prospectus (“Prospectus”) which expires in 2015, allowing for the potential 
issuance of up to $1.0 billion of unsecured debentures and/or preferred shares subject to the availability of funding in capital markets. The 
Company had filed a similar Prospectus in 2010 that expired in 2012. The Company has not issued any instruments under either of the 
expired or new Prospectus. 

76     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the items that the Company includes in its definition of capital were as follows: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Short term debt 
Long term debt due within one year 
Long term debt 
Certain other liabilities 
Fair value of financial derivatives related to the above 
Total debt 
Capital securities 
Shareholders’ equity 
Equity 

Total capital under management 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

$          905 
672 
4,997 
39 
14 
$       6,627 
223 
6,417 
$       6,640 

$     13,267 

$          905 
87 
5,493 
39 
22 
$       6,546 
222 
6,007 
$       6,229 

$     12,775 

Covenants and Regulatory Requirements The Company has certain key financial and non-financial covenants under its existing Credit 
Facility and certain MTNs, US Private Placement (“USPP”) notes and letters of credit. The key financial covenants include interest coverage 
ratios as well as leverage ratios, as defined in the respective agreements. These ratios are measured by the Company on a quarterly basis 
to ensure compliance with the agreements. During 2011, the Company amended these agreements to include certain relevant IFRS 
adjustments in computing the financial metrics used in calculating the Company’s financial covenants. These amendments largely served to 
neutralize the impact of IFRS on covenants calculations as at the date of conversion to IFRS. As at December 29, 2012, the Company was 
in compliance with each of the covenants under these agreements. 

The Company is subject to externally imposed capital requirements from the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (“OSFI”), 
the primary regulator of PC Bank. PC Bank’s capital management objectives are to maintain a consistently strong capital position while 
considering its economic risks generated by its credit card receivables portfolio and to meet all regulatory capital requirements as defined by 
OSFI. PC Bank is subject to the Basel II regulatory capital management framework which includes a Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0% and a total 
capital ratio of 10.0%. PC Bank has exceeded all applicable capital requirements as at year end 2012.  

The Company is also subject to externally imposed capital requirements through its subsidiary Glenhuron Bank Limited (“Glenhuron”), which 
is regulated by the Central Bank of Barbados. Glenhuron is regulated under Basel I which requires Glenhuron’s assets to be risk weighted 
and the minimum ratio of capital to risk weighted assets to be 8.0%. Glenhuron’s ratio of capital to risk weighted assets exceeded the 
minimum requirements under Basel I as at year end 2012. 

Note 23. Share-Based Compensation 

The Company’s net share-based compensation expense recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses related to its stock 
options, RSU and PSU plans, including the equity forwards of Glenhuron, was: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Stock option plan expense 
Equity forwards (income) expense 
RSU and PSU plan expense 

Net share-based compensation expense 

2012 

$           18 
(5) 
15 

$           28 

2011 

$           12 
2 
13 

$           27 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The carrying amount of the Company’s share-based compensation arrangements including stock option, RSU, PSU, DSU and EDSU plans 
were recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as follows: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Trade payables and other liabilities 

Other liabilities 

Contributed surplus 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

$          15 

$          15 

20 

55 

15 

48 

Subsequent to the end of the year, the Company’s RSU and PSU plans were amended to require settlement in equity. A trust has been 
established to facilitate the purchase of shares for future settlement for each of the RSU and PSU plans upon vesting. These trusts will be 
consolidated by the Company on an ongoing basis.  

Stock Option Plan The Company maintains a stock option plan for certain employees. Under this plan, the Company may grant options for 
up to 28.1 million common shares which is the Company’s guideline for the number of stock option grants. Stock options have up to a 
seven-year term, vest 20% or 33% cumulatively on each anniversary date of the grant and are exercisable at the designated common share 
price, which is based on the greater of the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s common share for either the five 
trading days prior to the date of grant or the trading day immediately preceding the grant date. Each stock option is exercisable into one 
common share of the Company at the price specified in the terms of the option agreement.  

At the Company’s Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders on May 3, 2012, the shareholders approved an amendment to the 
Company’s employee stock option plan that increased the total number of common shares authorized for issuance under the plan by 
14,428,484 to 28,137,162 common shares. This amendment increased the Company’s number of common shares authorized for issuance 
under the stock option plan from 5% to 10% of the total issued and outstanding common shares. 

Commencing February 22, 2011, the Company amended its stock option plan whereby the right to receive a cash payment in lieu of 
exercising an option for shares was removed. As a result, $42 million previously recorded in trade payables and other liabilities and other 
liabilities was reclassified to contributed surplus at that time. 

The following is a summary of the Company’s stock option plan activity: 

 2012 

      2011 

Options 
(number of 
shares) 
10,750,993 
4,605,970 
(718,544) 
(1,506,608) 

(592,883) 

12,538,928 

4,120,017 

Weighted 
Average Exercise 
Price/Share 
$  38.90 
34.91 
31.00 
36.74 

68.64 

$  36.74 

$  38.72 

Options 
(number of 
shares) 
9,320,865 
3,337,049 
(686,794) 
(1,220,127) 

− 

10,750,993 

3,671,069 

Weighted 
Average Exercise 
Price/Share 
$  38.56 
39.20 
30.61 
41.80 

− 

$  38.90 

$  43.25 

Outstanding options, beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited/cancelled 

Expired 

Outstanding options, end of year 

Options exercisable, end of year 

78     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
2012 Outstanding Options 

2012 Exercisable Options 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (years) 
3 
6 
4 

Weighted 
Average Exercise 
Price/Share 
$  30.23 
$  35.36 
$  42.21 

Number of 
Options 
Outstanding 
2,383,145 
5,838,021 
4,317,762 

12,538,928 

Number of 
Exercisable 
Options 
1,419,209 
635,412 
2,065,396 

4,120,017 

Weighted 
Average Exercise 
Price/Share 
$  29.95 
$  36.35 
$  45.48 

Range of Exercise Prices 
$ 28.95 − $ 34.62 
$ 34.63 − $ 36.85 
$ 36.86 − $ 54.71 

During 2012, 4,605,970 (2011 – 3,337,049) stock options were granted at an average exercise price of $34.91 (2011 – $39.20) which had 
a fair value of $27 million (2011 – $26 million). In addition, in 2012, the Company issued 718,544 (2011 – 686,794) common shares on the 
exercise of stock options, with a weighted average share price of $36.90 (2011 – $39.86), and received cash consideration of $22 million 
(2011 – $21 million). 

The assumptions used to measure the fair value of options granted during 2012 and 2011 under the Black-Scholes model at the grant date 
were as follows: 

Expected dividend yield 
Expected share price volatility  
Risk-free interest rate  
Expected life of options  

2012 
2.4% – 2.7% 
21.1% – 24.8% 
1.3% – 1.6% 
4.2 – 6.5 years 

2011 

2.1% – 2.3% 
22.1% – 24.7% 
1.2% – 2.9% 
4.4 – 6.4 years 

The expected dividend yield is estimated based on the annual dividend prior to the stock option grant date and the closing share price as at 
the stock option grant date. 

The expected share price volatility is estimated based on the Company’s historical volatility over a period consistent with the expected life of 
the options. 

The risk-free interest rate is estimated based on the Government of Canada bond yield in effect at the grant date for a term to maturity equal 
to the expected life of the options. 

The effect of expected exercise of options prior to expiry is incorporated into the weighted average expected life of the options, which is based 
on historical experience and general option holder behaviour. 

Estimated forfeiture rates are incorporated into the measurement of the stock option expense. The forfeiture rate applied as at December 29, 
2012 was 15.0% (December 31, 2011 – 16.3%). 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Equity Forward Contracts A summary of Glenhuron’s equity forward contracts is as follows (see note 27): 

Outstanding contracts (in millions) 

Average forward price per share ($) 

Interest expense (income) per share ($) 
Unrealized market loss recorded in trade payables and other liabilities (millions of Canadian 

dollars) 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

1.1 

$     56.59 

$       0.16 

1.1 

$     56.38 

$      (0.05) 

$          16 

$          20 

On January 7, 2013, Glenhuron paid $16 million to settle the remaining equity forwards representing 1,103,500 Loblaw common shares, 
which the Company purchased under the NCIB for $46 million and placed these shares into trust for future settlement of the Company’s 
RSUs and PSUs (see note 27). 

Restricted Share Unit Plan The Company maintains a RSU plan for certain employees. The RSUs entitle employees to a cash payment 
after the end of each performance period, of up to three to five years, following the date of the award. The RSU payment will be an amount 
equal to the weighted average price of a Loblaw common share on the TSX in the five trading days preceding the end of the performance 
period for the RSUs multiplied by the number of RSUs held by the employee. 

The following is a summary of the Company’s RSU plan activity:  

(Number of Awards) 
RSUs, beginning of period 
Granted 
Settled 
Forfeited 
RSUs, end of period 
RSUs, settled (millions of Canadian dollars) 

2012 
1,119,496 
379,746 
(382,871) 
(78,100) 
1,038,271 
$               13 

2011 
1,045,346 
548,003 
(398,532) 
(75,321) 
1,119,496 
$               15 

As at December 29, 2012, the intrinsic value of vested RSUs was $22 million (December 31, 2011 – $22 million). 

Performance Share Unit Plan During 2012, the Board approved a plan under which PSUs may be granted to certain employees. PSU grants 
entitle employees to a cash payment equal to the weighted average price of a Loblaw common share on the TSX in the five trading days 
preceding the end of a three year performance period multiplied by the number of units that are vested. The number of units that vest will vary 
based on the achievement of specified performance measures.  

The following is a summary of the Company’s PSU plan activity:  

(Number of Awards) 
PSUs, beginning of period 
Granted 
PSUs, end of period 

2012 

              – 
50,818 
     50,818 

2011 

              – 
– 
              – 

As at December 29, 2012, the intrinsic value of vested PSUs was nominal.  

80     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director Deferred Share Unit Plan A summary of the DSU Plan activity is as follows:  

(Number of Awards) 
DSUs outstanding, beginning of year 
Granted 
Reinvested 
Settled 
DSUs outstanding, end of year 

2012 
158,017 
36,570 
4,193 
– 
198,780 

2011 
147,358 
36,438 
3,209 
(28,988) 
158,017 

A compensation cost of $1 million (2011 – $2 million) related to this plan was recognized in operating income. As at December 29, 2012, 
the intrinsic value of DSUs was $8 million (December 31, 2011 – $6 million). 

Executive Deferred Share Unit Plan A summary of the EDSU Plan activity is as follows: 

(Number of Awards) 
EDSUs outstanding, beginning of year 
Granted 
Reinvested 
Settled 
EDSUs outstanding, end of year 

2012 
43,928 
3,553 
1,007 
(21,781) 
26,707 

2011 
29,143 
14,733 
877 
(825) 
43,928 

A nominal compensation cost (2011 – $1 million) related to this plan was recognized in operating income. As at December 29, 2012, the 
intrinsic value of EDSUs was $1 million (December 31, 2011 – $2 million). 

Note 24. Post-Employment and Other Long Term Employee Benefits 

Post-Employment Benefits 

The Company sponsors a number of pension plans, including registered funded defined benefit pension plans, registered defined 
contribution pension plans and supplemental unfunded arrangements providing pension benefits in excess of statutory limits. Certain 
obligations of the Company under these supplemental pension arrangements are secured by a standby letter of credit issued by a major 
Canadian chartered bank. The Company’s defined benefit pension plans are predominantly non-contributory and these benefits are, in 
general, based on career average earnings subject to limits. 

The Company also offers certain other defined benefit plans other than pension plans. These other defined benefit plans are generally not 
funded, are mainly non-contributory and include health care, life insurance and dental benefits. Employees eligible for these other defined 
benefits are those who retire at certain ages having met certain service requirements. The majority of other defined benefit plans for current 
and future retirees include a limit on the total benefits payable by the Company. 

In Canada, the Company also has a national defined contribution plan for salaried employees.  All newly hired salaried employees are only 
eligible to participate in this defined contribution plan. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company also contributes to various multi-employer pension plans which are administered by a board of trustees. The Company’s 
responsibility to make contributions to these plans is established pursuant to its collective agreements. 

Other Long Term Employee Benefits  

The Company offers other long term employee benefit plans that include long term disability benefits and continuation of health care and 
dental benefits while on disability. 

(i)  Defined Benefit Pension Plans and Other Defined Benefit Plans 

Information on the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and other defined benefit plans, in aggregate, is summarized as follows: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Present value of funded obligations 
Fair value of plan assets 
Status of funded obligations 
Present value of unfunded obligations  
Total funded status of obligations 
Unrecognized past service credit 
Liability arising from minimum funding requirement for past 

service 

Total net defined benefit plan obligation 
Recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as follows: 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

Defined 
Benefit 
Pension Plans 

Other 
Defined 
Benefit Plans 

$   (1,736) 
1,532 
(204) 
(75) 
(279) 
−  

(3)  
$      (282) 

$          − 
− 
− 
(247) 
(247) 
(2) 

−  
$     (249) 

Defined 
Benefit 
Pension 
Plans 

$   (1,612) 
1,330 
(282) 
(73) 
(355) 
− 

− 
$      (355) 

Other 
Defined 
Benefit Plans 

$          − 
− 
−  
(221) 
(221) 
(3) 

− 
$     (224) 

Other liabilities (note 20) 

(282) 

(249) 

(355) 

(224) 

Total net defined benefit plan obligation 

$      (282) 

$     (249) 

$      (355) 

$     (224) 

82     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following are the continuities of the fair value of plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit plan obligations: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Changes in the fair value of plan 

assets 

Fair value, beginning of year 
Employer contributions 
Employee contributions 
Benefits paid 
Expected return on plan assets 
Actuarial (losses) gains in other 

comprehensive loss  

Fair value, end of year 
Changes in the present value of the 
defined benefit plan obligations 

Balance, beginning of year 
Current service cost 
Interest cost 
Benefits paid 
Employee contributions 
Actuarial losses in other 
comprehensive loss 

Contractual termination benefits(1) 
Special termination benefits(1) 

Balance, end of year 

Defined 
Benefit 
Pension 
Plans 

$   1,330 
154 
2 
(92) 
79 

2012 

Other  
Defined 
Benefit  
Plans 

$         − 
6 
− 
(6) 
− 

Total 

$   1,330 
160 
2 
(98) 
79 

                59 
$   1,532 

− 
$         − 

                59 
$   1,532 

$   1,685 
59 
73 
(92) 
2 

77 
4 
3 
$   1,811 

$     221 
14 
10 
(6) 
−  

8 
−  
−  
$     247 

$   1,906 
73 
83 
(98) 
2 

85 
4 
3 
$   2,058 

Defined 
Benefit 
Pension  
Plans 

$   1,267 
103 
2 
(80) 
80 

(42) 
$   1,330 

$   1,402 
48 
74 
(80) 
2 

236 
   3 
− 
$   1,685 

2011 

Other  
Defined 
Benefit  
Plans 

$         − 
6 
− 
(6) 
− 

− 
$         − 

$     199 
12 
11 
(6) 
− 

5 
− 
− 
$     221 

Total 

$   1,267 
109 
2 
(86) 
80 

(42) 
$   1,330 

$   1,601 
60 
85 
(86) 
2 

241 
3 
− 
$   1,906 

(1)  Contractual and special termination benefits include $6 million related to the reduction of head office and administrative positions (see note 17).  

For the year ended December 29, 2012, the actual return on plan assets was $138 million (2011 − $38 million). 

During 2013, the Company expects to contribute approximately $150 million (2012 – contributed approximately $150 million) to its 
registered funded defined benefit pension plans. The actual amount contributed may vary from the estimate based on actuarial valuations 
being completed, investment performance, volatility in discount rates, regulatory requirements and other factors. In 2013, the Company also 
expects to make contributions to its defined contribution plans and multi-employer pension plans in which it participates as well as make 
benefit payments to the beneficiaries of the supplemental unfunded defined benefit pension plans, other defined benefit plans and other 
long term employee benefit plans. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     83 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Composition of Plan Assets The defined benefit pension plan assets are held in trust and consisted of the following asset categories: 

Percentage of plan assets 

Asset category: 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Cash and cash equivalents  

Total 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

59% 
40% 
1% 
 100% 

55% 
44% 
1% 
 100% 

As at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the defined benefit pension plans did not directly hold any securities issued by the 
Company.  

The cost recognized in other comprehensive loss for post-employment defined benefit plans is as follows: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Actuarial losses 
Change in liability arising from asset ceiling 
Change in liability arising from minimum funding 

requirements for past service 

Total net actuarial losses recognized in other 

comprehensive loss before tax  

Income tax recoveries on actuarial losses (note 6) 
Actuarial losses net of income tax recoveries 

2012 

2011 

Defined Benefit 
Pension Plans 

Other Defined 
Benefit Plans 

Defined Benefit 
Pension Plans 

Other Defined 
Benefit Plans 

$        18 
− 

$         8 
− 

$      278 
(1) 

$         5 
– 

3 

− 

(2) 

– 

$        21 
(6) 
15 

$         8 
(2) 
6 

$      275 
(71) 
204 

$         5 
(1) 
4 

The cumulative actuarial losses before tax recognized in retained earnings for the Company’s defined benefit plans are as follows: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Cumulative amount, beginning of year 
Net actuarial losses before tax recognized in the year 
Cumulative amount, end of year  

2012 

2011 

Defined Benefit 
Pension Plans 

Other Defined 
Benefit Plans 

Defined Benefit 
Pension Plans 

Other Defined 
Benefit Plans 

$      379 
21 
$      400 

$       23 
8 
$       31 

$      104 
275 
$      379 

$       18 
5 
$       23 

84     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Actuarial Assumptions The principal actuarial assumptions used in calculating the Company’s defined benefit plan obligations 
and net defined benefit plan cost for the year were as follows: 

Defined Benefit Plan Obligations 

Discount rate 
Rate of compensation increase 

Mortality table 

Net Defined Benefit Plan Cost 

Discount rate 
Expected long term rate of 
return on plan assets 

Rate of compensation increase 

Mortality table 

n/a – not applicable 

2012 

2011 

Defined Pension 
Benefit Plans 

Other Defined 
Benefit Plans 

Defined Pension 
Benefit Plans 

Other Defined 
Benefit Plans 

4.00% 
3.50% 
UP94 Fully 
Generational 

4.00% 
n/a 
UP94 Fully 
Generational 

4.25% 
3.50% 
UP94 Fully 
Generational 

4.25% 
n/a 
UP94 Fully 
Generational 

4.25% 

4.25% 

5.25% 

5.25% 

5.75% 
3.50% 
UP94 Fully 
Generational 

n/a 
n/a 
UP94 Fully 
Generational 

6.25% 
3.50% 

n/a 
n/a 

UP94@2020 

UP94@2020 

The growth rate of health care costs, primarily drug and other medical costs for the other defined benefit plan obligations as at December 29, 
2012 was estimated at 5.75% and was assumed to gradually decrease to 4.5% by 2018, remaining at that level thereafter. 

The overall expected long term rate of return on plan assets was 5.75%. The expected long term rate of return on plan assets was 
determined based on asset mix, active management and a review of historical returns. The expected long term rate of return was based on 
the portfolio as a whole and not on the sum of the individual asset categories. 

Sensitivity of Key Actuarial Assumptions The following table outlines the key assumptions for 2012 and the sensitivity of a 1% change in 
each of these assumptions on the defined benefit plan obligations and the net defined benefit plan cost.  

The sensitivity analysis provided in the table is hypothetical and should be used with caution. The sensitivities of each key assumption have 
been calculated independently of any changes in other key assumptions. Actual experience may result in changes in a number of key 
assumptions simultaneously. Changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which could amplify or reduce the impact of such 
assumptions. 

Increase (Decrease) 
Expected long term rate of return on plan assets 
Impact of:  1% increase 
1% decrease 

Discount rate 
Impact of:  1% increase 
1% decrease 

Expected growth rate of health care costs(2) 
Impact of:  1% increase 
1% decrease 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans 
Defined Benefit  Net Defined Benefit 
Plan Obligations 

Plan Cost(1) 
5.75% 
$      (14) 
$      14 
4.25% 
$        (7) 
$         7 

n/a 
n/a 

n/a 
n/a 
4.00% 
$      (273) 
$      322  

n/a 
n/a 

n/a – not applicable 
(1)  Discount rate and expected growth rate of health care costs sensitivity is for current service and interest costs only. 
(2)  Gradually decreasing to 4.5% by 2018 for the defined benefit plan obligation, remaining at that level thereafter. 

Other Defined Benefit Plans 

Defined Benefit  Net Defined Benefit 
Plan Cost(1)
Plan Obligations 

n/a 
n/a 
4.00% 
$       (32) 
$        37  
5.75% 
$        32 
$      (28) 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
4.25% 
$      (2) 
$        2  
5.75% 
$        4 
$      (3) 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     85 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Historical Information The history of defined benefit plans was as follows:  

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Fair value of plan assets 
Present value of defined benefit plan obligation 
Deficit in the plans 
Experience adjustments arising on plan assets 
Experience adjustments arising on plan liabilities 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

As at 
January 1, 2011 

As at 
January 3, 2010 

$     1,532 
(2,058) 
$       (526) 
59 
(85) 

$      1,330 
(1,906) 
$        (576) 
(42) 
(241) 

$      1,267 
(1,601) 
$        (334) 
41 
(167) 

$      1,119 
(1,375) 
$        (256) 
n/a 
n/a 

n/a – not applicable 

(ii)  Post-Employment and Other Long Term Employee Benefit Cost  

The net cost recognized in earnings before income taxes for the Company’s post-employment and other long term employee benefit 
plans was as follows: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Current service cost 
Interest cost on defined benefit plan obligations(1) 
Expected return on pension plan assets(1) 
Contractual and special termination benefits(2) 
Net post-employment defined benefit cost 
Defined contribution costs(3) 
Multi-employer pension plan costs(3) 

Total net post-employment benefit cost 
Other long term employee benefit costs(1) 
Net post-employment and other long term employee benefit costs   

2012 

Defined Benefit  
Pension Plans 

Other Defined  
Benefit Plans 

$      59 
73 
(79) 
                      7 
$       60 

$      14 
10 
− 
− 
$      24 

Total 

$        73 
83 
(79) 
                   7 
$        84 
18 
53 

155 
27 
$      182 

(1)  Interest cost on defined benefit plan obligations, expected return on plan assets and $4 million of other long term employee benefit costs were recognized in net interest 

expense and other financing charges. 

(2)  Includes $6 million of contractual and special termination benefits related to the reduction in head office and administrative positions (see note 17). 
(3)  Amounts represent the Company’s contribution made in connection with defined contribution plans and multi-employer pension plans. 

86     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Current service cost 
Interest cost on defined benefit plan obligations(1) 
Expected return on pension plan assets(1) 
Contractual termination benefits 
Net post-employment defined benefit cost 
Defined contribution costs(2) 
Multi-employer pension plan costs(2) 

Total net post-employment benefit cost 
Other long term employee benefit costs(1) 
Net post-employment and other long term employee benefit costs   

2011 

Defined Benefit  
Pension Plans 

Other Defined  
Benefit Plans 

$       48 
74 
(80) 
3 
$       45 

$      12 
11 
– 
– 
$      23 

Total 

$        60 
85 
(80) 
  3 
$        68 
17 
50 

135 
26 
$      161 

(1)  Interest cost on defined benefit plan obligations, expected return on plan assets and $5 million of other long term employee benefits costs were recognized in net interest 

expense and other financing charges. 

(2)  Amounts represent the Company’s contribution made in connection with defined contribution plans and multi-employer pension plans. 

The net post-employment and other long term employee benefit costs presented in the consolidated statements of earnings were as 
follows: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Net interest expense and other financing charges 
Net post-employment and other long term employee benefit costs   

2012 

$       174 
8 
$       182 

2011 

$       151 
10 
$       161 

Note 25. Employee Costs 

Included in operating income are the following employee costs: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Wages, salaries and other short term employment benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Other long term employee benefits 
Share-based compensation 
Capitalized to fixed assets 
Employee costs   

2012 
$    3,002 
151 
23 
33 
(24) 
$    3,185 

2011 
$    2,896 
130 
21 
25 
(21) 
$    3,051 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 26. Leases 

The Company leases certain of its retail stores, distribution centres, corporate offices, and other assets under operating or finance lease 
arrangements. Substantially all of the retail store leases have renewal options for additional terms. The contingent rents under certain of the 
retail store leases are based on a percentage of retail sales. The Company also has properties which are subleased to third parties.  

Determining whether a lease arrangement is classified as finance or operating requires judgment with respect to the fair value of the leased 
asset, the economic life of the lease, the discount rate and the allocation of leasehold interests between the land and building elements of 
property leases. 

Operating Leases – As Lessee Future minimum lease payments relating to the Company’s operating leases are as follows: 

Payments due by year 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Operating lease payments 
Sub-lease income 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

Thereafter 

$  202  
(46)  

$   185  
(39)  

$   162  
(26)  

$  132 
(16) 

$   108 
(8) 

$    442  
(10) 

Net operating lease payments 

$  156 

$   146 

$   136 

$  116 

$   100 

$    432 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

Total 

$     1,231 
(145) 

$     1,086 

Total 

$    1,179 
(181)

$       998 

During 2012 the Company recorded $197 million (2011 – $187 million) as an expense in the statement of earnings in respect of operating 
leases. During that period, contingent rent recognized as an expense in respect of operating leases totaled $1 million (2011 – $1 million), 
while sub-lease income earned totaled $48 million (2011 – $46 million) which is recognized in operating income.  

Operating Leases - As Lessor As at December 29, 2012, the Company leased certain owned land and buildings with a cost of $2,037 
million (December 31, 2011 – $1,681 million) and related accumulated depreciation of $539 million (December 31, 2011 – $408 million). For 
the year ended December 29, 2012, rental income was $132 million (2011 – $127 million) and contingent rent was $2 million (2011 – $1 
million), both of which were recognized in operating income. 

Payments to be received by year 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

Thereafter 

Total 

Total 

Net operating lease income 

$  153 

$    131  

$    110  

$  86 

$     58 

$    158 

$        696  

$      634 

88     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Finance Leases – As Lessee Future minimum lease payments relating to the Company’s finance leases are as follows: 

Payments due by year 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Finance lease payments 
Less future finance charges 
Present value of minimum 

lease payments 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

Thereafter 

$    62  
(28)  

$    43  
(25)  

$    42  
(23)  

$    41 
(22) 

$    38 
(21) 

$    529  
(270) 

Total 

$      755 
(389) 

Total 

$      708 
(374) 

$    34 

$    18  

$    19  

$    19 

$    17 

$    259 

$      366 

$      334 

During 2012, contingent rent recognized by the Company as an expense in respect of finance leases was $1 million (2011 − $1 million). 

Future sub-lease income relating to the Company’s sub-lease agreements are as follows: 

Payments to be received by year 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

Thereafter 

Total 

Total 

Sub-lease income  

$    (14) 

$    (13) 

$    (9) 

$    (6) 

$    (4) 

$     (11) 

$      (57) 

$       (52) 

At December 29, 2012, the sub-lease payments receivable under finance leases was $16 million (December 31, 2011 – $14 million).  

Note 27. Financial Instruments 

The Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities are classified as follows: 

•  Cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits are designated as fair value through profit or loss; 
•  Derivatives which are not designated in a hedge are classified as fair value through profit or loss; 
•  Accounts receivable, credit card receivables and franchise loans receivable are classified as loans and receivables and carried at 

amortized cost; 

•  Other financial instruments included in other assets are classified as loans and receivables and carried at amortized cost; and 
•  Bank indebtedness, trade payables and other liabilities, short term debt, long term debt, certain other liabilities and capital securities 

are classified as other financial liabilities and carried at amortized cost. 

The Company has not classified any financial assets as held-to-maturity. 

Cross Currency Swaps As at December 29, 2012, Glenhuron held cross currency swaps to exchange United States dollars (“USD”) for 
$1,199 million (December 31, 2011 – $1,252 million) Canadian dollars. The swaps mature by 2019 and are financial derivatives classified as 
fair value through profit or loss. Currency adjustments receivable or payable arising from these swaps are settled in cash on maturity. As at 
December 29, 2012, a cumulative unrealized foreign currency exchange rate receivable of $93 million (December 31, 2011 – $89 million) 
was recorded in other assets, and a receivable of $20 million (December 31, 2011 – $48 million) was recorded in prepaid expenses and other 
assets. During 2012, a fair value gain of $25 million (2011 – loss of $29 million) was recognized in operating income relating to these cross 
currency swaps. Offsetting the fair value gain was a loss of $27 million (2011 – gain of $25 million) as a result of translating USD $1,113 
million (December 31, 2011 – USD $1,073 million) cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits, which was also 
recognized in operating income. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

In 2008, the Company entered into fixed cross currency swaps to exchange $148 million Canadian dollars for USD $150 million, which 
mature in the second quarter of 2013 and entered into additional fixed cross currency swaps to exchange $148 million Canadian dollars for 
USD $150 million, which mature by 2015. A portion of these cross currency swaps was originally designated in a cash flow hedge to manage 
the foreign exchange variability related to part of the Company’s fixed rate USPP notes. In 2011, the designated swap was no longer 
classified as a cash flow hedge and as a result, fair value changes were recorded in operating income. As at December 29, 2012, a 
cumulative unrealized foreign currency exchange rate receivable of $5 million (December 31, 2011 – $14 million) was recorded in other 
assets and a receivable of $2 million (December 29, 2011 – nil) was recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets. During 2012, the 
Company recognized in operating income an unrealized fair value loss of $7 million (2011 – gain of $2 million) on these cross currency 
swaps. Offsetting the unrealized fair value loss was an unrealized foreign currency exchange gain of $6 million (2011 – loss of $6 million), 
which was also recognized in operating income, related to the translation of USD $300 million USPP.  

Interest Rate Swaps The Company maintains a notional $150 million (2011 − $150 million) in interest rate swaps that mature by the third 
quarter of 2013, on which it pays a fixed rate of 8.38%. At December 29, 2012, the fair value of these interest rate swaps of $5 million 
(December 31, 2011 – $16 million) was recorded in other liabilities (see note 20). During 2012, the Company recognized a fair value gain of 
$11 million (2011 – gain of $8 million) in operating income related to these swaps. 

Interest rate swaps previously held by Glenhuron converted a notional $200 million of floating rate cash and cash equivalents, short term 
investments and security deposits to average fixed rate investments at 4.74%. These interest rate swaps matured in 2011. During 2012, no 
fair value loss (2011 – $7 million) was recognized on these interest rate swaps in operating income. 

Equity Forward Contracts As at December 29, 2012, Glenhuron had cumulative equity forward contracts to buy 1.1 million (December 
31, 2011 – 1.1 million) of the Company’s common shares at an average forward price of $56.59 (December 31, 2011 – $56.38) including 
$0.16 interest expense (December 31, 2011 – $0.05 interest income) per common share (see note 21). In 2012, Glenhuron recognized a 
$5 million gain (2011 – $2 million expense) in operating income in relation to these equity forwards. In addition, during 2011 Glenhuron 
paid $7 million to settle equity forwards representing 390,100 Loblaw shares, which the Company purchased for cancellation for $15 million 
under its NCIB.  

As at December 29, 2012, the cumulative accrued interest and unrealized market loss of $16 million (December 31, 2011 – loss of $20 
million) was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. On January 7, 2013, Glenhuron paid $16 million to settle the remaining 
equity forwards representing 1,103,500 Loblaw common shares, which the Company purchased under the NCIB for $46 million and placed 
these shares into trust for future settlement of the Company’s RSUs and PSUs (see note 23). 

Other Derivatives The Company also maintains other financial derivatives including foreign exchange forwards, electricity forwards and 
fuel exchange traded futures and options. As at December 29, 2012, the Company recognized a nominal (December 31, 2011 – $1 million) 
cumulative unrealized gain receivable included in prepaid and other assets.  

Franchise Loans Receivable and Franchise Investments in Other Assets The value of franchise loans receivable of $363 million 
(December 31, 2011 – $331 million) was recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. During 2012, the Company recorded an impairment 
loss of $12 million (2011 –$11 million) in operating income related to these loan receivables. 

The value of franchise investments included in other assets recorded on the consolidated balance sheets was $64 million (December 31, 
2011 – $53 million). During 2012, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $7 million (2011 – $4 million) in operating income related 
to these investments. 

90     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement 

The Company measures financial assets and liabilities under the following fair value hierarchy in accordance with IFRS. The different levels 
have been defined as follows: 

 
 

 

Fair Value Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
Fair Value Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
(i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and 
Fair Value Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

The following describes the fair value determinations of financial instruments: 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Short Term Investments and Security Deposits: Fair value is primarily based on interest rates for similar 
instruments. Due to the short term maturity of these instruments, the carrying amount approximates fair value. 

Accounts Receivable, Credit Card Receivables, Bank indebtedness, Trade Payables and Other Liabilities, and Short Term Debt: Fair value 
is based on estimated cash flows, discounted at interest rates for similar instruments. The carrying amount approximates fair value due to 
the short term maturity of these instruments. 

Franchise Loans Receivable: Fair value is based on estimated cash flows, discounted at interest rates for similar instruments. The carrying 
amount approximates fair value due to the minimal fluctuations in the forward interest rate and the sufficiency of provisions recorded for all 
impaired receivables. 

Derivative Financial Instruments: The fair values of the derivative assets and liabilities are estimated using industry standard valuation 
models. Where applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using market based 
observable inputs including interest rate curves, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, and forward and spot prices for currencies. 

Long term Debt, Capital Securities and Other Financial Instruments: Fair value is based on the present value of contractual cash flows, 
discounted at Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements or, where applicable, quoted 
market prices. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following tables provide a comparison of carrying and fair values for each classification of financial instruments as at December 29, 2012 
and December 31, 2011: 

As at December 29, 2012 

Financial 
Instruments 
required to be 
classified as 
fair value 
through 
profit or loss 

Financial 
Instruments 
designated  
as fair value 
through 
profit or loss 

$        −  
− 
− 
− 
120 

− 

$    120 

$        −  
120 
− 
$    120 
$      17  
− 
− 
− 
5 

− 

$      22 

$        −  
21 
1 
$      22 

$   2,047 
− 
− 
− 
− 

− 

$   2,047 

$      275 
1,772 
− 
$   2,047 
$          −  
− 
− 
− 
− 

− 

$         − 

$         −  
− 
− 
$         −  

Loans 
 and 
receivables 
(Amortized 
cost) 

Other  
financial 
liabilities 
(Amortized 
cost) 

$        − 
456 
2,305 
363 
− 

75 

$          − 
− 
− 
− 
− 

− 

Total  
carrying 
amount 

$    2,047 
456 
2,305 
363 
120 

75 

$ 3,199 

$          − 

$    5,366 

  n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
$        − 
− 
− 
− 
− 

− 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
$   3,703 
905 
5,669 
223 
− 

44 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
$    3,720 
905 
5,669 
223 
5 

44 

$        − 

$ 10,544 

$  10,566 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

Total 
fair value 

$    2,047 
456 
2,305 
363 
120 

75 

$    5,366 

$       275 
1,892 
− 
$    2,167 
$    3,720 
905 
6,542 
243 
5 

44 

$  11,459 
$          − 
21 
1 
$         22 

Cash and cash equivalents, short term 
investments and security deposits 

Accounts receivable  

Credit card receivables 

Franchise Loans Receivable 

Derivatives 

Other 

Total financial assets 

Fair value level 1 

Fair value level 2 

Fair value level 3 

Fair value total 

Trade payables and other liabilities 

Short term debt 

Long term debt 

Capital Securities 

Derivatives 

Other 

Total financial liabilities 

Fair value level 1 

Fair value level 2 

Fair value level 3 

Fair value total 

92     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at December 31, 2011 

Financial 
Instruments 
required to be 
classified as 
fair value 
through 
profit or loss 

Financial 
Instruments 
designated  
as fair value 
through 
profit or loss 

Loans 
 and 
receivables 
(Amortized cost) 

Cash and cash equivalents, short term 
investments and security deposits 

Accounts receivable  

Credit card receivables 

Franchise Loans Receivable 

Derivatives 

Other 

Total financial assets 

Fair value level 1 

Fair value level 2 

Fair value level 3 

Fair value total 

Trade payables and other liabilities 

Short term debt 

Long term debt 

Capital Securities 

Derivatives 

Other 

Total financial liabilities 

Fair value level 1 

Fair value level 2 

Fair value level 3 

Fair value total 

$        −  
− 
− 
− 
152 

− 

$    152 

$        −  
152 
− 
$    152 
22  
− 
− 
− 
19 

− 

$      41 

$        −  
39 
2 
$      41 

$   1,986 
− 
− 
− 
− 

− 

$   1,986 

$      317 
1,669 
− 
$   1,986 
−  
− 
− 
− 
− 

− 

$         − 

$         −  
− 
− 
$         −  

Other  
financial 
liabilities 
(Amortized 
cost) 

$          − 
− 
− 
− 
− 

− 

Total  
carrying 
amount 

$    1,986 
467 
2,101 
331 
152 

64 

$        − 
467 
2,101 
331 
− 

64 

$ 2,963 

$          − 

$    5,101 

  n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
− 
− 
− 
− 
− 

− 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
3,655 
905 
5,580 
222 
− 

49 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
3,677 
905 
5,580 
222 
19 

49 

$        − 

$ 10,411 

$  10,452 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

Total 
fair value 

$    1,986 
467 
2,101 
331 
152 

64 

$    5,101 

$       317 
1,821 
− 
$    2,138 
3,677 
905 
6,262 
248 
19 

49 

$  11,160 
$          − 
39 
2 
$         41 

The fair value of the embedded foreign currency derivative classified as Level 3 included in other liabilities was $1 million (December 31, 
2011 – $2 million), of which the fair value gain of $1 million (2011 – loss of $5 million) was recognized in operating income. A 1% increase 
(decrease) in foreign currency exchange rates would result in an additional $1 million gain (loss) in fair value.  

During the year ended December 29, 2012, the net loss on financial instruments designated as fair value through profit or loss recognized 
in net earnings before income taxes was $27 million (2011 – loss of $25 million). In addition, the net gain on financial instruments required 
to be classified as fair value through profit or loss, recognized in net earnings before income taxes was $38 million (2011 – loss of $29 
million). 

During 2012, net interest expense of $332 million (2011 – expense of $332 million) was recorded related to financial instruments not 
classified or designated as fair value through profit and loss. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 28. Financial Risk Management  

As a result of holding and issuing financial instruments, the Company is exposed to liquidity and capital availability risk, credit risk and market 
risk. The following is a description of those risks and how the exposures are managed:  

Liquidity and Capital Availability Risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company cannot meet its demands for cash or fund its obligations as 
they come due. Liquidity risk also includes the risk of not being able to liquidate assets in a timely manner at a reasonable price. Difficulty 
accessing capital markets could impair the Company’s capacity to grow, execute its business model and generate financial returns. 

Liquidity and capital availability risks are mitigated by maintaining appropriate levels of cash and cash equivalents and short term 
investments, actively monitoring market conditions, and by diversifying its sources of funding, including its Credit Facility and maintaining a 
well-diversified maturity profile of its debt and capital obligations. Despite these mitigation strategies, if the Company’s or PC Bank’s 
financial performance and condition deteriorate or downgrades in the Company’s current credit ratings occur, the Company’s or PC Bank’s 
ability to obtain funding from external sources may be restricted. In addition, credit and capital markets are subject to inherent risks that may 
negatively affect the Company’s access and ability to fund its financial and other liabilities.  

Maturity Analysis The following are the undiscounted contractual maturities of significant financial liabilities as at December 29, 2012: 

Derivative Financial Liabilities 

Interest rate swaps payable(1) 

Equity forward contracts(2) 

Foreign exchange forward contracts 

Non-Derivative Financial Liabilities 

Short term debt(3) 

Long term debt including fixed interest payments(4) 

Other liabilities(5) 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

Thereafter(6)

Total 

$         6 

$        –   

$      – 

$      –  

$       –  

$         – 

$          6   

62 

78 

905 

973 

– 

$  2,024 

– 

– 

– 

1,237 

35 
$ 1,272  

– 

– 

– 

777 

– 

– 

– 

– 

640 

4 

– 

– 

– 

284 

– 

– 

– 

– 

5,925 

– 

62 

78 

905 

9,836 

39 

$  777 

$  644 

$   284 

$  5,925 

$ 10,926 

(1) Based on the pay fixed interest which will be partially offset by the floating interest received.  
(2) Based on the average cost base as at December 29, 2012 and includes cumulative accrued interest and unrealized market loss of $16 million.  
(3) These are obligations owed to independent securitization trusts which are collateralized by the Company’s credit card receivables (see note 10). 
(4) Based on the maturing face values and annual interest for each instrument, including GICs, long term independent securitization trusts and an independent funding trust, 

as well as annual payment obligations for SPEs, mortgages and finance lease obligations.  

(5) Contractual obligation related to certain other liabilities. 
(6) Capital securities and their related dividends have been excluded as the Company is not contractually obligated to pay these amounts. The Company also excluded bank 

indebtedness, trade payables and other liabilities, which are due within the next 12 months. 

Credit Risk The Company is exposed to credit risk resulting from the possibility that counterparties may default on their financial 
obligations to the Company. Exposure to credit risk relates to derivative instruments, cash and cash equivalents, short term investments, 
security deposits, PC Bank’s credit card receivables, franchise loans receivable, accounts receivables from franchisees, other receivables 
from vendors, associated stores and independent accounts and pension assets held in the Company’s defined benefit plans. 

The risk related to derivative instruments, cash and cash equivalents, short term investments or security deposits is reduced by policies 
and guidelines that require that the Company only enter into transactions with counterparties or issuers that have a minimum long term “A-” 
credit rating from a recognized credit rating agency and by placing minimum and maximum limits for exposures to specific counterparties 
and instruments. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk as it relates to derivative instruments is approximated by the positive fair 
value of the derivatives on the balance sheet (see note 27).  

94     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PC Bank manages its credit card receivable risk by employing stringent credit scoring techniques and actively monitoring the credit card 
portfolio, and reviewing techniques and technology that can improve the effectiveness of the collection process. In addition, these 
receivables are dispersed among a large, diversified group of credit card customers.  

Franchise loans receivable, accounts receivable from franchisees and other receivables from vendors, associated stores and independent 
accounts are actively monitored on an ongoing basis and settled on a frequent basis in accordance with the terms specified in the 
applicable agreements.  

Refer to note 9 and note 10 for additional information on the credit quality performance of credit card receivables and other receivables 
from independent franchisees, associated stores and independent accounts. 

Market Risk Market risk is the loss that may arise from changes in factors such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, 
commodity prices, common share price and the impact these factors may have on other counterparties. 

Interest Rate Risk The Company is exposed to fluctuations in interest rates on its floating rate debt and financial instruments net of cash 
and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits. The Company manages interest rate risk by monitoring its respective 
mix of fixed and floating rate debt, net of cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits, and taking action as 
necessary to maintain an appropriate balance considering current market conditions. The Company estimates that a 100 basis point 
increase (decrease) in short term interest rates, with all other variables held constant, would result in a decrease (increase) of $9 million to 
interest expense. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange rate variability, primarily on its USD 
denominated cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits held by Glenhuron, foreign denominated and 
foreign currency based purchases in trade payables and other liabilities, and USPP notes included in long term debt. The Company and 
Glenhuron have cross currency swaps and foreign currency forward contracts that partially offset their respective exposure to fluctuations 
in foreign currency exchange rates. Cross currency swaps are transactions in which interest payments and principal amounts in one 
currency are exchanged against receipt of interest payments and principal amounts in a second currency. Refer to note 27 for the 
summary of the foreign exchange impact.  

Commodity Price Risk The Company is exposed to increases in the prices of commodities in operating its stores and distribution networks, 
as well as the indirect link of commodities to its consumer products. To manage a portion of this exposure, the Company uses purchase 
commitments for a portion of its needs for certain consumer products that may be commodities based and the Company expects to take 
delivery of these consumer products in the normal course of business. The Company enters into exchange traded futures contracts and 
forward contracts to minimize cost volatility relating to energy. The Company estimates that based on the outstanding derivative contracts 
held by the Company as at December 29, 2012, a 10% decrease in relevant energy prices, with all other variables held constant, would 
result in a net loss of $2 million on earnings before income taxes.  

Common Share Price Risk The Company is exposed to common share market price risk as a result of the issuance to certain employees 
of stock options, to the extent that they are repurchased by the Company on exercise. The Company is also exposed to common share 
market price risk from its RSU and PSU plans. Both RSUs and PSUs negatively impact operating income when the common share price 
increases and positively impact operating income when the common share price declines. Glenhuron is a party to an equity forward 
contract, which allows for settlement in cash, common shares or net settlement. This forward contract changes in value as the market price 
of the Company’s common shares changes and provides a partial offset to fluctuations in the Company’s RSU and PSU plan expense or 
income. The impact on the equity forwards of a one dollar increase (decrease) of the market value in the Company’s underlying common 
share, with all other variables held constant, would result in a $1 million gain (loss) on earnings before income taxes.  

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 29. Contingent Liabilities 

The Company is involved in and potentially subject to various claims by third parties arising out of the normal course and conduct of its 
business including product liability, labour and employment, regulatory and environmental claims. In addition, the Company is involved in 
and potentially subject to regular audits from federal and provincial tax authorities relating to income, capital and commodity taxes and as a 
result of these audits may receive assessments and reassessments. Although such matters cannot be predicted with certainty, 
management currently considers the Company’s exposure to such claims and litigation, to the extent not covered by the Company’s 
insurance policies or otherwise provided for, not to be material to the consolidated financial statements, but may have a material impact in 
future periods.  

Legal Proceedings The Company is the subject of various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. The 
outcome of all of these proceedings and claims is uncertain. However, based on information currently available, these proceedings and 
claims, individually and in the aggregate, are not expected to have a material impact on the Company. 

Tax and Regulatory The Company is involved in and potentially subject to tax audits from various governments and regulatory agencies 
relating to income, capital and commodity taxes on an ongoing basis. As a result, from time to time, taxing authorities may disagree with the 
positions and conclusions taken by the Company in its tax filings or legislation may be amended, which could lead to assessments and 
reassessments. These assessments and reassessments may have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements in future periods. 

During 2012, the Company received indication from the Canada Revenue Agency that it intends to proceed with a reassessment with regard to 
the tax treatment of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Glenhuron. At this early stage, it is not possible to quantify the amount of the 
proposed reassessment. While the Company does not expect the ultimate outcome to be material, such matters cannot be predicted with 
certainty and could result in a material charge for the Company in future periods. 

Indemnification Provisions The Company from time to time enters into agreements in the normal course of its business, such as service 
and outsourcing arrangements and leases, in connection with business or asset acquisitions or dispositions. These agreements by their 
nature may provide for indemnification of counterparties. These indemnification provisions may be in connection with breaches of 
representation and warranty or with future claims for certain liabilities, including liabilities related to tax and environmental matters. The 
terms of these indemnification provisions vary in duration and may extend for an unlimited period of time. Given the nature of such 
indemnification provisions, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate its total maximum potential liability as certain indemnification 
provisions do not provide for a maximum potential amount and the amounts are dependent on the outcome of future contingent events, the 
nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined at this time. Historically, the Company has not made any significant payments in 
connection with these indemnification provisions.  

Note 30. Financial Guarantees 

The Company has provided to third parties the following significant guarantees: 

Independent Funding Trusts The full balance relating to the debt of the independent funding trusts has been consolidated on the balance 
sheet of the Company as at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The Company has agreed to provide a credit enhancement of $48 
million (2011 – $48 million) in the form of a standby letter of credit for the benefit of the independent funding trusts representing not less than 
10% (2011 − 10%) of the principal amount of the loans outstanding. This credit enhancement allows the independent funding trusts to 
provide financing to the Company’s independent franchisees. As well, each independent franchisee provides security to the independent 
funding trusts for its obligations by way of a general security agreement. In the event that an independent franchisee defaults on its loan and 
the Company has not, within a specified time period, assumed the loan, or the default is not otherwise remedied, the independent funding 
trusts would assign the loan to the Company and draw upon this standby letter of credit. This standby letter of credit has never been drawn 
upon. The Company has agreed to reimburse the issuing bank for any amount drawn on the standby letter of credit.  

96     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Securitization Trusts Letters of credit for the benefit of other independent securitization trusts with respect to the securitization 
programs of PC Bank have been issued by major financial institutions. These standby letters of credit could be drawn upon in the event of a 
major decline in the income flow from or in the value of the securitized credit card receivables. The Company has agreed to reimburse the 
issuing banks for any amount drawn on the standby letters of credit. The aggregate gross potential liability under these arrangements, which 
represents 9% (2011 – 9%) on a portion of the securitized credit card receivables amount, is approximately $81 million (December 31, 2011 – 
$81 million) (see note 18). The undrawn commitments on the independent securitization trusts as at December 29, 2012 was $120 million 
(December 31, 2011 – $120 million). 

Lease Obligations In connection with historical dispositions of certain of its assets, the Company has assigned leases to third parties. The 
Company remains contingently liable for these lease obligations in the event any of the assignees are in default of their lease obligations. 
The estimated amount for minimum rent, which does not include other lease related expenses such as property tax and common area 
maintenance charges, is in aggregate $13 million (December 31, 2011 – $14 million). Additionally, the Company has guaranteed lease 
obligations of a third party distributor in the amount of $19 million (December 31, 2011 – $17 million). 

President’s Choice Bank The Company has provided a guarantee on behalf of PC Bank to MasterCard® International Incorporated in the 
amount of USD $230 million (2011 – USD $180 million) for accepting PC Bank as a card member and licensee of MasterCard®. 

Other The Company establishes letters of credit used in connection with certain obligations mainly related to real estate transactions, benefit 
programs, purchase orders and performance guarantees. The aggregate gross potential liability related to these letters of credit, not including 
the standby letters of credit for the benefit of independent funding trusts and independent securitization trusts, is approximately $348 million 
(December 31, 2011 − $314 million).  

Note 31. Related Party Transactions 

The Company’s parent corporation is Weston, which owns, directly and indirectly, 177,299,889 of the Company’s common shares, 
representing approximately 63% of the Company’s 281,680,157 outstanding common shares. Mr. W. Galen Weston controls Weston, 
directly and indirectly through private companies which he controls, including Wittington who owns a total of 80,724,599 of Weston’s 
common shares, representing approximately 63% of Weston’s 128,220,992 outstanding common shares. Mr. Weston also beneficially 
owns 3,753,789 of the Company’s common shares, representing approximately 1% (December 31, 2011 – 1%) of the Company’s 
outstanding common shares. The Company’s policy is to conduct all transactions and settle all balances with related parties on market 
terms and conditions. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Transactions with Related Parties 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Cost of Merchandise Inventory Sold 
Inventory purchases from a subsidiary of Weston 
Inventory purchases from a related party(1) 
Operating Income 
Cost sharing agreements with Parent2) 
Net administrative services provided by Parent(3) 
Lease of office space from a subsidiary of Wittington 

Transaction Value 

2012 

2011 

$       627 
18 

$        646 
18 

12 
17 
3 

10 
17 
3 

(1)   Associated British Foods plc is a related party by virtue of Mr. W. Galen Weston being a director of such entity’s parent company. Total balance outstanding owing to Associated 

British Foods plc as at December 29, 2012 was $2 million (December 31, 2011 – $2 million). 

(2)   Weston and the Company have each entered into certain contracts with third parties for administrative and corporate services, including telecommunication services and 

information technology related matters on behalf of itself and the related party. Through cost sharing agreements that have been established between the Company and Weston 
concerning these costs, the Company has agreed to be responsible to Weston for the Company’s proportionate share of the total costs incurred. 

(3)   The Company and Weston have entered into an agreement whereby certain administrative services are provided by one party to the other. The services to be provided under 

this agreement include those related to commodity management, pension and benefits, tax, medical, travel, information system, risk management, treasury and legal. Payments 
are made quarterly based on the actual costs of providing these services. Where services are provided on a joint basis for the benefit of the Company and Weston together, 
each party pays the appropriate proportion of the costs. Fees paid under this agreement are reviewed each year by the Audit Committee.  

The net balances due to related parties are comprised as follows: 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 

Balance Sheet 
Trade payables and other liabilities 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

$          25 

$          28 

Post-Employment Benefit Plans The Company sponsors a number of post-employment plans, which are related parties. Contributions 
made by the Company to these plans are disclosed in note 24. 

Income Tax Matters From time to time, the Company, Weston and its affiliates may enter into agreements to make elections that are 
permitted or required under applicable income tax legislation with respect to affiliated corporations. These elections and accompanying 
agreements did not have a material impact on the Company. 

Key Management Personnel The Company’s key management personnel are comprised of the Board and certain members of the 
executive team of the Company, as well as both the Board and certain members of the executive team of Weston and Wittington to the 
extent that they have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the day-to-day activities of the Company.  

Compensation of Key Management Personnel Annual compensation of key management personnel that is directly attributable to the 
Company was as follows:  

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Salaries, director fees and other short term employee benefits 
Share-based compensation 
Total compensation 

2012 
$            7 
4 
$          11 

2011 
$          10 
4 
$          14 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan During the year, the Company issued nil (2011 – 938,984) common shares to Weston under the DRIP (see 
note 21). 

98     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 32. Subsequent Event 

Subsequent to the end of the year, the Company announced changes to certain of its defined benefit pension and post-employment 
benefits plans impacting certain employees retiring after January 1, 2015. These changes are expected to result in a one-time gain of 
approximately $51 million, which will be recorded in the first quarter of 2013. 

Note 33. Segment Information 

The Company has two reportable operating segments with all material operations carried out in Canada: 

 

 

The Retail segment, which consists primarily of food and also includes drugstore, gas bars, apparel and other general merchandise; 
and 
The Financial Services segment, which includes credit card services, a retail loyalty program, insurance brokerage services, 
personal banking services provided by a major Canadian chartered bank, deposit taking services and telecommunication services.  

The Company’s chief operating decision maker evaluates segment performance on the basis of operating income, as reported to internal 
management, on a periodic basis. This performance measure is used as it is considered to be the most relevant in evaluating the results of the 
segments relative to other entities that operate within these industries. 

Segment results and assets include items directly attributable to a segment as well as items that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. 
There are varying levels of integration between the Retail and Financial Services segments. This integration includes shared expenses 
relating to the Company’s brands, loyalty program, store displays and certain administrative services.  

Information regarding the operations of each reportable operating segment is included below.  

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Revenue 
Retail 
Financial services(1) 
Consolidated 

(1) Included in financial services revenue is $277 million (2011 – $252 million) of interest income.  

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Depreciation and Amortization 

Retail 
Financial services 
Consolidated 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Operating Income 

Retail 
Financial services 
Consolidated 

2012 

2011 

$    30,960 
644 
$    31,604 

$    30,703 
547 
$    31,250 

2012 

2011 

$         767 
10 
$         777 

$         691 
8 
$         699 

2012 

2011 

$      1,101 
95 
$      1,196 

$      1,312 
72 
$      1,384 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Net Interest Expense and Other Financing Charges 

Retail 
Financial services 
Consolidated 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Total Assets 
Retail 
Financial services 
Consolidated 

(millions of Canadian dollars) 
Additions to Fixed Assets and Goodwill and Intangibles 

Retail 
Financial services 
Consolidated 

2012 

2011 

$         286 
45 
$         331 

$         279 
48 
$         327 

As at 
December 29, 2012 

As at 
December 31, 2011 

$    15,474 
2,487 
$    17,961 

$    15,098 
2,330 
$    17,428 

2012 

2011 

$      1,045 
15 
$      1,060 

$         997 
4 
$      1,001 

100     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings Coverage Exhibit to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following is the Company's updated earnings coverage ratio for the rolling 52 week period ended December 29, 2012 in connection 
with the Company's Short Form Base Shelf Prospectus dated December 21, 2012. 

Earnings coverage on financial liabilities 

3.42 times 

The earnings coverage ratio on financial liabilities is equal to consolidated net earnings (before interest on short term and long term debt, 
dividends on capital securities and income taxes) divided by consolidated interest on short term and long term debt and dividends on 
capital securities. For purposes of calculating the earnings coverage ratio set forth above, long term debt includes the current portion of 
long term debt. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Three Year Summary(1) 

For the years ended December 29, 2012, December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except where otherwise indicated) 

2012 
(52 weeks) 

   2011 
(52 weeks) 

2010(2) 

(52 weeks) 

Consolidated Results of Operations 
Revenue 
Operating income 
EBITDA(3) 
Net interest and other financing charges 
Net earnings  

Consolidated Financial Position 
Fixed assets 
Goodwill and intangible assets 
Total assets 
Adjusted debt(3) 
Shareholders’ equity 
Consolidated Cash Flow 
Cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and security deposits 
Cash flows from operating activities 
Free cash flow(3) 
Capital investment(1) 
Consolidated Per Common Share ($) 
Basic net earnings 

Dividend rate at year end 
Book value(1) 
Market price at year end 
Consolidated Financial Measures and Ratios 
Revenue growth (%) 
Operating margin(1) (%) 

EBITDA margin(3) (%) 
Adjusted debt(3) to EBITDA(3) 
Interest coverage(3) 
Return on average net assets(1) (%) 
Return on average shareholders’ equity(1)  (%) 
Price/net earnings ratio(1)  at year end 
Retail Results of Operations  
Sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 

Retail Operating Statistics 
Same-store sales(1)  (decline) growth (%) 
Gross profit percentage (%) 
Operating margin(1)  (%) 
Retail square footage(1) (in millions) 
Corporate square footage (in millions) 
Franchise square footage (in millions) 
Corporate stores sales per average square foot(1)  ($) 
Number of corporate stores 
Number of franchised stores 
Percentage of corporate real estate owned (%) 
Percentage of franchise real estate owned (%) 
Financial Services Results of Operations 
Revenue 

Operating income 

Earnings before income taxes 

Financial Services Operating Measures and Statistics 
Average quarterly net credit card receivables 
Credit card receivables 
Allowance for credit card receivables 
Annualized yield on average quarterly gross credit card receivables(1)  (%) 
Annualized credit loss rate on average quarterly gross credit card receivables(1)  (%) 

$    31,604 
1,196 
1,973 
331 
650 

$      8,973 
1,057 
17,961 
4,360 
6,417 

$    31,250 
1,384 
2,083 
327 
769 

$      8,725 
1,029 
17,428 
4,341 
6,007 

$    30,836 
1,347 
1,975 
353 
675 

$      8,377 
1,026 
16,841 
4,669 
5,603 

2,047 
1,637 
824 
  1,017 

2.31 

0.85 
22.78 
42.05 

1.1 
3.8 

6.2 
2.2x 
3.6x 
10.0 
10.5 
18.2 

30,960 
6,819 
1,101 

(0.2) 
22.0 
3.6 
51.5 
37.6 
13.9 
563 
580 
473 
72 
45 

644 

95 

50 

2,105 
2,305 
43 
12.8 
4.3 

1,986 
1,814 
931 
987 

2.73 

0.84 
21.35 
38.48 

1.3 
4.4 

6.7 
2.1x 
4.2x 
12.0 
13.2 
14.1 

30,703 
6,820 
1,312 

0.9 
22.2 
4.3 
51.2 
37.5 
13.7 
564 
584 
462 
72 
46 

547 

72 

24 

1,974 
2,101 
37 
12.5 
4.2 

1,965 
2,029 
741 
1,190 

2.43 

0.84 
19.97 
40.37 

0.3(4) 
4.4 

6.4 
2.4x 
3.8x 
12.0 
12.6 
16.6 

30,315 
6,787 
1,239 

(0.6) 
22.4 
4.1 
50.7 
37.3 
13.4 
563 
576 
451 
74 
46 

521 

108 

66 

1,941 
1,997 
34 
13.2 
5.6 

(1)  For financial definitions and ratios refer to the Glossary of Terms on page 103. 

(2)  2010 comparative figures previously reported in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“CGAAP”) have been restated to conform with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS” or “GAAP”). 

(3)  See Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 37 of the Company’s Management Discussion and Analysis. 

(4)  As compared to 2009 figures reported in accordance with CGAAP. 

102     2012 Annual Report – Financial Review 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary of Terms 

Term 

Definition 

Term 

Definition 

Annualized credit 
loss rate on average 
quarterly gross 
credit card 
receivables  

Annualized yield on 
average quarterly 
gross credit card 
receivables 

Basic net earnings 
per common share 

Adjusted debt to 
EBITDA 

Adjusted debt divided by EBITDA (see Non-GAAP 
Financial Measures on page 37 of the Company’s 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis). 

Adjusted debt 

Adjusted debt (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures on 
page 37 of the Company’s Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis). 

Annual Report 

For 2012, the Annual Report consists of a Business 
Review and a Financial Review. 

Major expansion 

Total credit card losses divided by the number of days in 
the quarter times 365 divided by average quarterly gross 
credit card receivables. 

Gross profit 
percentage 

Sales less cost of sales including inventory shrink divided 
by sales. 

Interest coverage 

Operating income divided by net interest expense and 
other financing charges adding back interest capitalized 
to fixed assets (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures on 
page 37 of the Company’s Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis). 

Expansion of a store that results in an increase in square 
footage that is greater than 25% of the square footage of 
the store prior to the expansion. 

Minor expansion 

Expansion of a store that results in an increase in square 
footage that is less than or equal to 25% of the square 
footage of the store prior to the expansion. 

Interest earned on credit card receivables divided by the 
number of days in the quarter times 365 divided by average 
quarterly gross credit card receivables. 

New store 

A newly constructed store, conversion or major 
expansion. 

Net earnings available to common shareholders divided by 
the weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding during the year. 

Operating income 

Earnings before net interest expense and other financing 
charges and income taxes. 

Operating margin 

Operating income divided by sales. 

Book value per 
common share 

Shareholders’ equity divided by the number of common 
shares outstanding at year end. 

Price/net earnings 
ratio at year end 

Market price per common share at year end divided by 
basic net earnings per common share for the year. 

Capital Investment 

Fixed asset purchases. 

Cash flows from 
operating activities 
per common share 

Cash flows from operating activities divided by the 
weighted average number of common shares outstanding 
during the year. 

Control label 

A brand and associated trademark that is owned by the 
Company for use in connection with its own products and 
services. 

Conversion 

A store that changes from one Company banner to 
another Company banner. 

Corporate stores 
sales per average 
square foot 

Sales by corporate stores excluding gas bar sales divided 
by the average corporate stores’ square footage at year 
end. 

Diluted net earnings 
per common share 

Dividend rate per 
common share at 
year end 

DRIP 

EBITDA 

EBITDA margin 

Free Cash Flow 

Net earnings available to common shareholders divided by 
the weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding during the year minus the dilutive impact of 
outstanding stock option grants, certain other liabilities, 
equity forwards and capital securities at year end. 

Dividend per common share declared in the fourth quarter 
multiplied by four. 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan. 

Operating income before depreciation and amortization 
(see Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 37 of the 
Company’s Management’s Discussion & Analysis). 

EBITDA divided by sales (see Non-GAAP Financial 
Measures on page 37 of the Company’s Management’s 
Discussion & Analysis). 

Cash flows (used in) from operating activities excluding 
the net change in credit card receivables less fixed asset 
purchases (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures on page 
37 of the Company’s Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis). 

Renovation 

Retail sales 

A capital investment in a store resulting in no change to 
the store square footage. 

Combined sales of stores owned by the Company and 
those owned by the Company’s independent franchisees. 

Retail square 
footage 

Retail square footage includes corporate and 
independent franchised stores. 

Return on average 
net assets 

Return on average 
shareholders’ 
equity 

Same-store sales 

Operating income divided by average total assets 
excluding cash and cash equivalents, short term 
investments, security deposits and accounts payable and 
accrued liabilities (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures on 
page 37 of the Company’s Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis). 

Net earnings available to common shareholders divided 
by average total common shareholders’ equity. 

Retail sales from the same physical location for Canadian 
stores in operation in that location in both periods being 
compared by excluding sales from a store that has 
undergone a conversion or major expansion in the period. 

Weighted average 
common shares 
outstanding 

The number of common shares outstanding determined 
by relating the portion of time within the year the common 
shares were outstanding to the total time in that year. 

Year 

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest 
to December 31 and is usually 52 weeks in duration, but 
includes 53 weeks every 5 to 6 years. The years ended 
December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 both 
contained 52 weeks. 

2012 Annual Report – Financial Review     103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
National Head Office 
and Store Support Centre 
Loblaw Companies Limited 
1 President’s Choice Circle 
Brampton, Canada 
L6Y 5S5 
Tel:     (905) 459-2500 
Fax:    (905) 861-2206 
Internet:  http://loblaw.ca 

Stock Exchange Listing 
and Symbol 
The Company’s common shares 
and second preferred shares 
are listed on the Toronto Stock 
Exchange and trade under the 
symbols “L” and “L.PR.A”, respectively. 
. 
Common Shares 
W. Galen Weston, directly and 
indirectly, including through his 
controlling interest in Weston, owns 
approximately 64% of the Company’s 
common shares. 

During 2012, there were 718,544 
common shares issued and at 
year-end 2012, 281,680,157  
outstanding common shares were 
available for public trading. 

The average daily trading volume of 
the Company’s common shares for 
2012 was 499,774. 

Preferred Shares 
At year-end 2012, there were 9,000,000 
second preferred shares issued and 
outstanding and available for public 
trading. 

The average daily trading volume of 
the Company’s second preferred shares 
for 2012 was 7,941. 

Trademarks 
Loblaw Companies Limited and its 
subsidiaries own a number of 
trademarks. Several subsidiaries 
are licensees of additional trademarks. 
These trademarks are the exclusive 
property of Loblaw Companies Limited 
or the licensor and where used in 
this report are in italics. 

M
L
P

l

a
t
n
e
n
i
t
n
o
c
s
n
a
r
T

:
g
n
i
t
n
i
r

P

Common Dividend Policy 
During 2012, the Company amended 
its dividend policy to state: the 
declaration and payment of 
dividends and the amount thereof 
on the Company’s common shares 
are at the discretion of the Board 
which takes into account the 
Company’s financial results, capital 
requirements, available cash flow, 
future prospects of the Company’s 
business and other factors 
considered relevant from time to time. 

Common Dividend Dates 
The declaration and payment of 
quarterly dividends are made 
subject to approval by the Board. 
The anticipated record and 
payment dates for 2013 are: 

Record Date 
March 15 
June 15 
September 15 
December 15 

Payment Date 
April 1 
July 1 
October 1 
December 30 

Preferred Share Dividend Dates 
The declaration and payment of 
quarterly dividends are made 
subject to approval by the Board. 
The anticipated payment dates 
for 2013 are: January 31, April 30 
July 31 and October 31. 

Normal Course Issuer Bid 
The Company has a Normal Course 
Issuer Bid on the Toronto Stock 
Exchange. 

Value of Common Shares 
For capital gains purposes, the 
valuation day (December 22, 1971) 
cost base for the Company is 
$0.958 per common share. 
The value on February 22, 1994 
was $7.67 per common share. 

Investor Relations 
Shareholders, security analysts and  
investment professionals should direct 
their requests to Kim Lee, Vice President, 
Investor Relations at the Company’s 
National Head Office or by e-mail at 
investor@loblaw.ca. 

Registrar and Transfer Agent 
Computershare Investor Services Inc. 
100 University Avenue 
Toronto, Canada 
M5J 2Y1 
Toll free: 1-800-564-6253 (Canada and U.S.) 
Fax: (416) 263-9394 
Toll free fax: 1-888-453-0330 
International direct dial: (514) 982-7555 

To change your address, eliminate multiple 
mailings, or for other shareholder account 
inquiries, please contact Computershare 
Investor Services Inc. 

Additional financial information has been 
filed electronically with various securities 
regulators in Canada through the System 
for Electronic Document Analysis and 
Retrieval (SEDAR) and with the Office of 
the Superintendent of Financial Institutions 
(OSFI) as the primary regulator for the 
Company’s subsidiary, President’s Choice Bank. 

Independent Auditors 
KPMG LLP 
Chartered Accountants 
Toronto, Canada 

Annual Meeting 
The 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
of Loblaw Companies Limited will be held 
on Thursday, May 2, 2013 at 11:00am (EST), 
at the Mattamy Athletic Centre, 50 Carlton Street, 
Toronto, Canada M5B 1J2 

The Company holds an analyst call shortly 
following the release of its quarterly 
results. These calls are archived in the 
Investor Centre section of the Company’s 
website (www.loblaw.ca). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LOBLAW.CA

PC.CA

JOEFRESH.CA

PCFINANCIAL.CA

Ce rapport est disponible en français.